|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc2.c: Various functions.
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
16 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
17 #endif
|
|
|
18
|
|
359
|
19 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */
|
|
|
22
|
|
7
|
23 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
24 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol));
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual.
|
|
|
28 */
|
|
|
29 int
|
|
|
30 virtual_active()
|
|
|
31 {
|
|
|
32 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because
|
|
|
33 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block"
|
|
|
34 * being used. */
|
|
|
35 if (virtual_op != MAYBE)
|
|
|
36 return virtual_op;
|
|
|
37 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL
|
|
|
38 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
39 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
40 # endif
|
|
|
41 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT)));
|
|
|
42 }
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
44 /*
|
|
|
45 * Get the screen position of the cursor.
|
|
|
46 */
|
|
|
47 int
|
|
|
48 getviscol()
|
|
|
49 {
|
|
|
50 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
52 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
53 return (int)x;
|
|
|
54 }
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /*
|
|
|
57 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line.
|
|
|
58 */
|
|
|
59 int
|
|
|
60 getviscol2(col, coladd)
|
|
|
61 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
62 colnr_T coladd;
|
|
|
63 {
|
|
|
64 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
65 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
68 pos.col = col;
|
|
|
69 pos.coladd = coladd;
|
|
|
70 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
71 return (int)x;
|
|
|
72 }
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 /*
|
|
|
75 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as neccessary to get the
|
|
|
76 * cursor in that column.
|
|
|
77 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo!
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79 int
|
|
|
80 coladvance_force(wcol)
|
|
|
81 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
82 {
|
|
|
83 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol);
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
86 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
87 else
|
|
|
88 {
|
|
|
89 /* Virtcol is valid */
|
|
|
90 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
91 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
92 }
|
|
|
93 return rc;
|
|
|
94 }
|
|
|
95 #endif
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 /*
|
|
|
98 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column.
|
|
|
99 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position.
|
|
|
100 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share
|
|
|
101 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)),
|
|
|
102 * beginning at coladd 0.
|
|
|
103 *
|
|
|
104 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
105 */
|
|
|
106 int
|
|
|
107 coladvance(wcol)
|
|
|
108 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
109 {
|
|
|
110 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol);
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL)
|
|
|
113 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
44
|
114 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB)
|
|
7
|
115 {
|
|
44
|
116 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */
|
|
7
|
117 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
118 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
119 }
|
|
|
120 return rc;
|
|
|
121 }
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /*
|
|
|
124 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol".
|
|
|
125 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
126 */
|
|
|
127 int
|
|
|
128 getvpos(pos, wcol)
|
|
|
129 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
130 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
131 {
|
|
|
132 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
133 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol);
|
|
|
134 }
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
136 static int
|
|
|
137 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol)
|
|
|
138 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
139 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */
|
|
|
140 int finetune; /* change char offset for the excact column */
|
|
|
141 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */
|
|
|
142 {
|
|
|
143 #endif
|
|
|
144 int idx;
|
|
|
145 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
146 char_u *line;
|
|
|
147 colnr_T col = 0;
|
|
|
148 int csize = 0;
|
|
|
149 int one_more;
|
|
|
150 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
151 int head = 0;
|
|
|
152 #endif
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 one_more = (State & INSERT) || restart_edit != NUL
|
|
|
155 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
156 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
157 #endif
|
|
|
158 ;
|
|
|
159 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
161 if (wcol >= MAXCOL)
|
|
|
162 {
|
|
|
163 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more;
|
|
|
164 col = wcol;
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
166 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
167 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active)
|
|
|
168 {
|
|
|
169 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more;
|
|
|
170 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0)
|
|
|
171 --curwin->w_curswant;
|
|
|
172 }
|
|
|
173 #endif
|
|
|
174 }
|
|
|
175 else
|
|
|
176 {
|
|
|
177 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
178 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin);
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 if ((addspaces || finetune)
|
|
|
181 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
182 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
183 && curwin->w_width != 0
|
|
|
184 # endif
|
|
|
185 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width)
|
|
|
186 {
|
|
|
187 csize = linetabsize(line);
|
|
|
188 if (csize > 0)
|
|
|
189 csize--;
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width)
|
|
|
192 {
|
|
|
193 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the
|
|
|
194 * right screen edge. */
|
|
|
195 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1;
|
|
|
196 }
|
|
|
197 }
|
|
|
198 #endif
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 idx = -1;
|
|
|
201 ptr = line;
|
|
|
202 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
203 {
|
|
|
204 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */
|
|
|
205 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
206 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, ptr, col, &head);
|
|
39
|
207 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
|
|
7
|
208 #else
|
|
|
209 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, col);
|
|
|
210 #endif
|
|
|
211 col += csize;
|
|
|
212 }
|
|
|
213 idx = (int)(ptr - line);
|
|
|
214 /*
|
|
|
215 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check
|
|
|
216 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of
|
|
|
217 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison
|
|
|
218 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on.
|
|
|
219 */
|
|
|
220 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0))
|
|
|
221 {
|
|
|
222 idx -= 1;
|
|
|
223 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
224 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */
|
|
|
225 csize -= head;
|
|
|
226 # endif
|
|
|
227 col -= csize;
|
|
|
228 }
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
231 if (virtual_active()
|
|
|
232 && addspaces
|
|
|
233 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1))
|
|
|
234 {
|
|
|
235 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is
|
|
|
236 * filled with spaces. */
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 if (line[idx] == NUL)
|
|
|
239 {
|
|
|
240 /* Append spaces */
|
|
|
241 int correct = wcol - col;
|
|
|
242 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1);
|
|
|
243 int t;
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
245 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
246 return FAIL;
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t)
|
|
|
249 newline[t] = line[t];
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t)
|
|
|
252 newline[t + idx] = ' ';
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 newline[idx + correct] = NUL;
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
257 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx);
|
|
|
258 idx += correct;
|
|
|
259 col = wcol;
|
|
|
260 }
|
|
|
261 else
|
|
|
262 {
|
|
|
263 /* Break a tab */
|
|
|
264 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line);
|
|
|
265 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */
|
|
|
266 char_u *newline = alloc(linelen + csize);
|
|
|
267 int t, s = 0;
|
|
|
268 int v;
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 /*
|
|
|
271 * break a tab
|
|
|
272 */
|
|
|
273 if (newline == NULL || -correct > csize)
|
|
|
274 return FAIL;
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++)
|
|
|
277 {
|
|
|
278 if (t != idx)
|
|
|
279 newline[s++] = line[t];
|
|
|
280 else
|
|
|
281 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++)
|
|
|
282 newline[s++] = ' ';
|
|
|
283 }
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
285 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
287 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
288 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx);
|
|
|
289 idx += (csize - 1 + correct);
|
|
|
290 col += correct;
|
|
|
291 }
|
|
|
292 }
|
|
|
293 #endif
|
|
|
294 }
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
296 if (idx < 0)
|
|
|
297 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
298 else
|
|
|
299 pos->col = idx;
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
301 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
302 pos->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
304 if (finetune)
|
|
|
305 {
|
|
|
306 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
307 {
|
|
|
308 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
309 if (!one_more)
|
|
|
310 {
|
|
|
311 colnr_T scol, ecol;
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
313 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol);
|
|
|
314 pos->coladd = ecol - scol;
|
|
|
315 }
|
|
|
316 }
|
|
|
317 else
|
|
|
318 {
|
|
|
319 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col;
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
321 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
322 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin)))
|
|
|
323 pos->coladd = b;
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 col += b;
|
|
|
326 }
|
|
|
327 }
|
|
|
328 #endif
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
331 /* prevent cursor from moving on the trail byte */
|
|
|
332 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
333 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
334 #endif
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
336 if (col < wcol)
|
|
|
337 return FAIL;
|
|
|
338 return OK;
|
|
|
339 }
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 /*
|
|
|
342 * inc(p)
|
|
|
343 *
|
|
|
344 * Increment the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
345 * Return 1 when going to the next line.
|
|
|
346 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line).
|
|
|
347 * Return -1 when at the end of file.
|
|
|
348 * Return 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
349 */
|
|
|
350 int
|
|
|
351 inc_cursor()
|
|
|
352 {
|
|
|
353 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
354 }
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
356 int
|
|
|
357 inc(lp)
|
|
|
358 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
359 {
|
|
|
360 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp);
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */
|
|
|
363 {
|
|
|
364 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
365 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
366 {
|
|
474
|
367 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
368
|
|
|
369 lp->col += l;
|
|
|
370 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
371 }
|
|
|
372 #endif
|
|
|
373 lp->col++;
|
|
|
374 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
375 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
376 #endif
|
|
|
377 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
378 }
|
|
|
379 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */
|
|
|
380 {
|
|
|
381 lp->col = 0;
|
|
|
382 lp->lnum++;
|
|
|
383 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
384 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
385 #endif
|
|
|
386 return 1;
|
|
|
387 }
|
|
|
388 return -1;
|
|
|
389 }
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 /*
|
|
|
392 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
393 */
|
|
|
394 int
|
|
|
395 incl(lp)
|
|
|
396 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
397 {
|
|
|
398 int r;
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
400 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
401 r = inc(lp);
|
|
|
402 return r;
|
|
|
403 }
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 /*
|
|
|
406 * dec(p)
|
|
|
407 *
|
|
|
408 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
409 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
410 */
|
|
|
411 int
|
|
|
412 dec_cursor()
|
|
|
413 {
|
|
|
414 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
415 }
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 int
|
|
|
418 dec(lp)
|
|
|
419 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
420 {
|
|
|
421 char_u *p;
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
423 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
424 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
425 #endif
|
|
|
426 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */
|
|
|
427 {
|
|
|
428 lp->col--;
|
|
|
429 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
430 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
431 {
|
|
|
432 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
433 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
434 }
|
|
|
435 #endif
|
|
|
436 return 0;
|
|
|
437 }
|
|
|
438 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */
|
|
|
439 {
|
|
|
440 lp->lnum--;
|
|
|
441 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
442 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
443 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
444 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
445 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
446 #endif
|
|
|
447 return 1;
|
|
|
448 }
|
|
|
449 return -1; /* at start of file */
|
|
|
450 }
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
452 /*
|
|
|
453 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
454 */
|
|
|
455 int
|
|
|
456 decl(lp)
|
|
|
457 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
458 {
|
|
|
459 int r;
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
461 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
462 r = dec(lp);
|
|
|
463 return r;
|
|
|
464 }
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 /*
|
|
|
467 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid.
|
|
|
468 */
|
|
|
469 void
|
|
|
470 check_cursor_lnum()
|
|
|
471 {
|
|
|
472 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
473 {
|
|
|
474 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
475 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in
|
|
|
476 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */
|
|
|
477 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count,
|
|
|
478 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL))
|
|
|
479 #endif
|
|
|
480 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
481 }
|
|
|
482 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0)
|
|
|
483 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
484 }
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 /*
|
|
|
487 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid.
|
|
|
488 */
|
|
|
489 void
|
|
|
490 check_cursor_col()
|
|
|
491 {
|
|
|
492 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
493 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
494 colnr_T oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
495 #endif
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
498 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
499 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
500 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col >= len)
|
|
|
501 {
|
|
|
502 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line in Insert mode, restarting Insert
|
|
|
503 * mode or when in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" */
|
|
|
504 if (State & INSERT || restart_edit
|
|
|
505 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
506 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
507 #endif
|
|
|
508 || virtual_active())
|
|
|
509 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
510 else
|
|
|
511 curwin->w_cursor.col = len - 1;
|
|
|
512 }
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
515 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position,
|
|
|
516 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the
|
|
|
517 * line. */
|
|
|
518 if (oldcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
519 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
520 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
521 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = oldcol - curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
522 #endif
|
|
|
523 }
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
525 /*
|
|
|
526 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character
|
|
|
527 */
|
|
|
528 void
|
|
|
529 check_cursor()
|
|
|
530 {
|
|
|
531 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
532 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
536 /*
|
|
|
537 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line.
|
|
|
538 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old".
|
|
|
539 */
|
|
|
540 void
|
|
|
541 adjust_cursor_col()
|
|
|
542 {
|
|
|
543 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
544 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
545 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o')
|
|
|
546 # endif
|
|
|
547 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
548 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
549 }
|
|
|
550 #endif
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 /*
|
|
|
553 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position.
|
|
|
554 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved.
|
|
|
555 */
|
|
|
556 int
|
|
|
557 leftcol_changed()
|
|
|
558 {
|
|
|
559 long lastcol;
|
|
|
560 colnr_T s, e;
|
|
|
561 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
564 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1;
|
|
|
565 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
567 /*
|
|
|
568 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first
|
|
|
569 * character.
|
|
|
570 */
|
|
|
571 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso))
|
|
|
572 {
|
|
|
573 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
574 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso));
|
|
|
575 }
|
|
|
576 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)
|
|
|
577 {
|
|
|
578 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
579 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso));
|
|
|
580 }
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 /*
|
|
|
583 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen,
|
|
|
584 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the
|
|
|
585 * line) adjust the scrolling.
|
|
|
586 */
|
|
|
587 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e);
|
|
|
588 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol)
|
|
|
589 {
|
|
|
590 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
591 coladvance(s - 1);
|
|
|
592 }
|
|
|
593 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol)
|
|
|
594 {
|
|
|
595 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
596 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */
|
|
|
597 {
|
|
|
598 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */
|
|
|
599 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
600 }
|
|
|
601 }
|
|
|
602
|
|
|
603 if (retval)
|
|
|
604 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
605 redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
606 return retval;
|
|
|
607 }
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
609 /**********************************************************************
|
|
|
610 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory.
|
|
|
611 */
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
613 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 # define MEM_SIZES 8200
|
|
|
616 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
617 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
618 static long_u mem_allocated;
|
|
|
619 static long_u mem_freed;
|
|
|
620 static long_u mem_peak;
|
|
|
621 static long_u num_alloc;
|
|
|
622 static long_u num_freed;
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
624 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep));
|
|
|
625 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep));
|
|
|
626 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size));
|
|
|
627 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp));
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 static void
|
|
|
630 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep)
|
|
|
631 size_t *sizep;
|
|
|
632 {
|
|
|
633 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
634 }
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 static void
|
|
|
637 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep)
|
|
|
638 long_u *sizep;
|
|
|
639 {
|
|
|
640 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
641 }
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
643 static void
|
|
|
644 mem_post_alloc(pp, size)
|
|
|
645 void **pp;
|
|
|
646 size_t size;
|
|
|
647 {
|
|
|
648 if (*pp == NULL)
|
|
|
649 return;
|
|
|
650 size -= sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
651 *(long_u *)*pp = size;
|
|
|
652 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
653 mem_allocs[size-1]++;
|
|
|
654 else
|
|
|
655 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
656 mem_allocated += size;
|
|
|
657 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak)
|
|
|
658 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed;
|
|
|
659 num_alloc++;
|
|
|
660 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
661 }
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
663 static void
|
|
|
664 mem_pre_free(pp)
|
|
|
665 void **pp;
|
|
|
666 {
|
|
|
667 long_u size;
|
|
|
668
|
|
|
669 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
670 size = *(size_t *)*pp;
|
|
|
671 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
672 mem_frees[size-1]++;
|
|
|
673 else
|
|
|
674 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
675 mem_freed += size;
|
|
|
676 num_freed++;
|
|
|
677 }
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
679 /*
|
|
|
680 * called on exit via atexit()
|
|
|
681 */
|
|
|
682 void
|
|
|
683 vim_mem_profile_dump()
|
|
|
684 {
|
|
|
685 int i, j;
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
688 j = 0;
|
|
|
689 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++)
|
|
|
690 {
|
|
|
691 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i])
|
|
|
692 {
|
|
|
693 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
694 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
695 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
696 j++;
|
|
|
697 if (j > 3)
|
|
|
698 {
|
|
|
699 j = 0;
|
|
|
700 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
701 }
|
|
|
702 }
|
|
|
703 }
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
705 i = MEM_SIZES - 1;
|
|
|
706 if (mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
707 {
|
|
|
708 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
709 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
710 printf(_("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
711 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
712 }
|
|
|
713
|
|
|
714 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"),
|
|
|
715 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak);
|
|
|
716 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"),
|
|
|
717 num_alloc, num_freed);
|
|
|
718 }
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
720 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
722 /*
|
|
|
723 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to
|
|
|
724 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add().
|
|
|
725 */
|
|
|
726 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
727 # define SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
728 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L
|
|
|
729 #else
|
|
|
730 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L)
|
|
|
731 #endif
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 /*
|
|
|
734 * Note: if unsinged is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc().
|
|
|
735 * Use lalloc for larger blocks.
|
|
|
736 */
|
|
|
737 char_u *
|
|
|
738 alloc(size)
|
|
|
739 unsigned size;
|
|
|
740 {
|
|
|
741 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
742 }
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
744 /*
|
|
|
745 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
746 */
|
|
|
747 char_u *
|
|
|
748 alloc_clear(size)
|
|
|
749 unsigned size;
|
|
|
750 {
|
|
|
751 char_u *p;
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
753 p = (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
754 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
755 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
756 return p;
|
|
|
757 }
|
|
|
758
|
|
|
759 /*
|
|
|
760 * alloc() with check for maximum line length
|
|
|
761 */
|
|
|
762 char_u *
|
|
|
763 alloc_check(size)
|
|
|
764 unsigned size;
|
|
|
765 {
|
|
|
766 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__)
|
|
|
767 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff)
|
|
|
768 {
|
|
|
769 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
770 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
771 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long"));
|
|
|
772 return NULL;
|
|
|
773 }
|
|
|
774 #endif
|
|
|
775 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
776 }
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
778 /*
|
|
|
779 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
780 */
|
|
|
781 char_u *
|
|
|
782 lalloc_clear(size, message)
|
|
|
783 long_u size;
|
|
|
784 int message;
|
|
|
785 {
|
|
|
786 char_u *p;
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 p = (lalloc(size, message));
|
|
|
789 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
790 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
791 return p;
|
|
|
792 }
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
794 /*
|
|
|
795 * Low level memory allocation function.
|
|
|
796 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST!
|
|
|
797 */
|
|
|
798 char_u *
|
|
|
799 lalloc(size, message)
|
|
|
800 long_u size;
|
|
|
801 int message;
|
|
|
802 {
|
|
|
803 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */
|
|
|
804 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */
|
|
|
805 int try_again;
|
|
|
806 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM)
|
|
|
807 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */
|
|
|
808 #endif
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
810 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */
|
|
|
811 if (size == 0)
|
|
|
812 {
|
|
|
813 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
814 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
815 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size);
|
|
|
816 return NULL;
|
|
|
817 }
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
819 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
820 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size);
|
|
|
821 #endif
|
|
|
822
|
|
|
823 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
824 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */
|
|
|
825 p = NULL;
|
|
|
826 else
|
|
|
827 #endif
|
|
|
828
|
|
|
829 /*
|
|
|
830 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and
|
|
|
831 * if some blocks are released call malloc again.
|
|
|
832 */
|
|
|
833 for (;;)
|
|
|
834 {
|
|
|
835 /*
|
|
|
836 * Handle three kind of systems:
|
|
|
837 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return.
|
|
|
838 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
839 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory.
|
|
|
840 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem()
|
|
|
841 */
|
|
|
842 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL)
|
|
|
843 {
|
|
|
844 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM
|
|
|
845 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */
|
|
|
846 goto theend;
|
|
|
847 #else
|
|
|
848 # ifndef SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
849 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
850 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */
|
|
|
851 allocated += size;
|
|
|
852 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2)
|
|
|
853 goto theend;
|
|
|
854 allocated = 0;
|
|
|
855 # endif
|
|
|
856 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */
|
|
|
857 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM && !releasing)
|
|
|
858 {
|
|
|
859 vim_free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */
|
|
|
860 p = NULL;
|
|
|
861 }
|
|
|
862 else
|
|
|
863 goto theend;
|
|
|
864 #endif
|
|
|
865 }
|
|
|
866 /*
|
|
|
867 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless
|
|
|
868 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively.
|
|
|
869 */
|
|
|
870 if (releasing)
|
|
|
871 break;
|
|
|
872 releasing = TRUE;
|
|
448
|
873
|
|
|
874 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */
|
|
|
875 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */
|
|
370
|
876 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
448
|
877 try_again |= garbage_collect(); /* cleanup recursive lists/dicts */
|
|
|
878 #endif
|
|
|
879
|
|
7
|
880 releasing = FALSE;
|
|
|
881 if (!try_again)
|
|
|
882 break;
|
|
|
883 }
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885 if (message && p == NULL)
|
|
|
886 do_outofmem_msg(size);
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
888 theend:
|
|
|
889 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
890 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
891 #endif
|
|
|
892 return p;
|
|
|
893 }
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
895 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
896 /*
|
|
|
897 * realloc() with memory profiling.
|
|
|
898 */
|
|
|
899 void *
|
|
|
900 mem_realloc(ptr, size)
|
|
|
901 void *ptr;
|
|
|
902 size_t size;
|
|
|
903 {
|
|
|
904 void *p;
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
906 mem_pre_free(&ptr);
|
|
|
907 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size);
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 p = realloc(ptr, size);
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
911 mem_post_alloc(&p, size);
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
913 return p;
|
|
|
914 }
|
|
|
915 #endif
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
917 /*
|
|
|
918 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each).
|
|
|
919 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read.
|
|
|
920 */
|
|
|
921 void
|
|
|
922 do_outofmem_msg(size)
|
|
|
923 long_u size;
|
|
|
924 {
|
|
|
925 if (!did_outofmem_msg)
|
|
|
926 {
|
|
|
927 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
928 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
929 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size);
|
|
|
930 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
|
|
|
931 }
|
|
|
932 }
|
|
|
933
|
|
356
|
934 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
359
|
935
|
|
|
936 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
|
937 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
938 # endif
|
|
|
939
|
|
356
|
940 /*
|
|
|
941 * Free everything that we allocated.
|
|
|
942 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc.
|
|
359
|
943 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be
|
|
|
944 * surprised if Vim crashes...
|
|
|
945 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function.
|
|
356
|
946 */
|
|
|
947 void
|
|
|
948 free_all_mem()
|
|
|
949 {
|
|
|
950 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf;
|
|
359
|
951 static int entered = FALSE;
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
953 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly.
|
|
|
954 * Don't try freeing everything again. */
|
|
|
955 if (entered)
|
|
|
956 return;
|
|
|
957 entered = TRUE;
|
|
356
|
958
|
|
|
959 ++autocmd_block; /* don't want to trigger autocommands here */
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
961 # if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
962 /* Free all spell info. */
|
|
|
963 spell_free_all();
|
|
|
964 # endif
|
|
|
965
|
|
359
|
966 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS)
|
|
356
|
967 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */
|
|
|
968 ex_comclear(NULL);
|
|
359
|
969 # endif
|
|
356
|
970
|
|
|
971 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
972 /* Clear menus. */
|
|
|
973 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *");
|
|
|
974 # endif
|
|
|
975
|
|
359
|
976 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */
|
|
356
|
977 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear");
|
|
|
978 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!");
|
|
|
979 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear");
|
|
359
|
980 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
981 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *");
|
|
|
982 # endif
|
|
362
|
983 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE)
|
|
|
984 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *");
|
|
|
985 # endif
|
|
359
|
986
|
|
|
987 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
988 free_titles();
|
|
|
989 # endif
|
|
|
990 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
|
991 free_findfile();
|
|
|
992 # endif
|
|
356
|
993
|
|
|
994 /* Obviously named calls. */
|
|
|
995 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD)
|
|
|
996 free_all_autocmds();
|
|
|
997 # endif
|
|
|
998 clear_termcodes();
|
|
359
|
999 free_all_options();
|
|
|
1000 free_all_marks();
|
|
|
1001 alist_clear(&global_alist);
|
|
|
1002 free_homedir();
|
|
|
1003 free_search_patterns();
|
|
|
1004 free_old_sub();
|
|
|
1005 free_last_insert();
|
|
|
1006 free_prev_shellcmd();
|
|
|
1007 free_regexp_stuff();
|
|
|
1008 free_tag_stuff();
|
|
|
1009 free_cd_dir();
|
|
|
1010 set_expr_line(NULL);
|
|
|
1011 diff_clear();
|
|
|
1012
|
|
|
1013 /* Free some global vars. */
|
|
|
1014 vim_free(username);
|
|
|
1015 vim_free(clip_exclude_prog);
|
|
|
1016 vim_free(last_cmdline);
|
|
|
1017 vim_free(new_last_cmdline);
|
|
362
|
1018 set_keep_msg(NULL);
|
|
359
|
1019 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
356
|
1020
|
|
|
1021 /* Clear cmdline history. */
|
|
|
1022 p_hi = 0;
|
|
|
1023 init_history();
|
|
|
1024
|
|
359
|
1025 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|
1026 qf_free_all();
|
|
|
1027 #endif
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
1029 /* Close all script inputs. */
|
|
|
1030 close_all_scripts();
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
1033 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */
|
|
|
1034 win_free_all();
|
|
|
1035 #endif
|
|
|
1036
|
|
356
|
1037 /* Free all buffers. */
|
|
|
1038 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; )
|
|
|
1039 {
|
|
|
1040 nextbuf = buf->b_next;
|
|
|
1041 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE);
|
|
|
1042 if (buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
1043 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */
|
|
|
1044 else
|
|
|
1045 buf = firstbuf;
|
|
|
1046 }
|
|
|
1047
|
|
359
|
1048 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1049 free_cmdline_buf();
|
|
356
|
1050 #endif
|
|
|
1051
|
|
|
1052 /* Clear registers. */
|
|
|
1053 clear_registers();
|
|
|
1054 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
1055 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
1056
|
|
359
|
1057 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
|
|
|
1058 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName);
|
|
|
1059 #endif
|
|
|
1060
|
|
356
|
1061 /* highlight info */
|
|
|
1062 free_highlight();
|
|
|
1063
|
|
362
|
1064 reset_last_sourcing();
|
|
|
1065
|
|
356
|
1066 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1067 /* Machine-specific free. */
|
|
|
1068 mch_free_mem();
|
|
|
1069 # endif
|
|
|
1070
|
|
|
1071 /* message history */
|
|
|
1072 for (;;)
|
|
|
1073 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL)
|
|
|
1074 break;
|
|
|
1075
|
|
|
1076 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1077 eval_clear();
|
|
|
1078 # endif
|
|
|
1079
|
|
359
|
1080 free_termoptions();
|
|
|
1081
|
|
356
|
1082 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */
|
|
|
1083 free_screenlines();
|
|
|
1084
|
|
|
1085 #if defined(USE_XSMP)
|
|
|
1086 xsmp_close();
|
|
|
1087 #endif
|
|
359
|
1088 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
1089 gui_mch_free_all();
|
|
|
1090 #endif
|
|
|
1091 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
356
|
1092
|
|
|
1093 vim_free(IObuff);
|
|
|
1094 vim_free(NameBuff);
|
|
|
1095 }
|
|
|
1096 #endif
|
|
|
1097
|
|
7
|
1098 /*
|
|
|
1099 * copy a string into newly allocated memory
|
|
|
1100 */
|
|
|
1101 char_u *
|
|
|
1102 vim_strsave(string)
|
|
|
1103 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1104 {
|
|
|
1105 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1106 unsigned len;
|
|
|
1107
|
|
|
1108 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1;
|
|
|
1109 p = alloc(len);
|
|
|
1110 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1111 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1112 return p;
|
|
|
1113 }
|
|
|
1114
|
|
|
1115 char_u *
|
|
|
1116 vim_strnsave(string, len)
|
|
|
1117 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1118 int len;
|
|
|
1119 {
|
|
|
1120 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1121
|
|
|
1122 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1));
|
|
|
1123 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1124 {
|
|
|
1125 STRNCPY(p, string, len);
|
|
|
1126 p[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1127 }
|
|
|
1128 return p;
|
|
|
1129 }
|
|
|
1130
|
|
|
1131 /*
|
|
|
1132 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded
|
|
|
1133 * by a backslash.
|
|
|
1134 */
|
|
|
1135 char_u *
|
|
|
1136 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars)
|
|
|
1137 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1138 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
|
1139 {
|
|
16
|
1140 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1141 }
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 /*
|
|
|
1144 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape
|
|
|
1145 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash.
|
|
16
|
1146 * Escape the characters with "cc".
|
|
7
|
1147 */
|
|
|
1148 char_u *
|
|
16
|
1149 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl)
|
|
7
|
1150 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1151 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
16
|
1152 int cc;
|
|
7
|
1153 int bsl;
|
|
|
1154 {
|
|
|
1155 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1156 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1157 char_u *escaped_string;
|
|
|
1158 unsigned length;
|
|
|
1159 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1160 int l;
|
|
|
1161 #endif
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 /*
|
|
|
1164 * First count the number of backslashes required.
|
|
|
1165 * Then allocate the memory and insert them.
|
|
|
1166 */
|
|
|
1167 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */
|
|
|
1168 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1169 {
|
|
|
1170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1171 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
1172 {
|
|
|
1173 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */
|
|
|
1174 p += l - 1;
|
|
|
1175 continue;
|
|
|
1176 }
|
|
|
1177 #endif
|
|
|
1178 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
|
1179 ++length; /* count a backslash */
|
|
|
1180 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */
|
|
|
1181 }
|
|
|
1182 escaped_string = alloc(length);
|
|
|
1183 if (escaped_string != NULL)
|
|
|
1184 {
|
|
|
1185 p2 = escaped_string;
|
|
|
1186 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1187 {
|
|
|
1188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1189 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
1190 {
|
|
|
1191 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l);
|
|
|
1192 p2 += l;
|
|
|
1193 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */
|
|
|
1194 continue;
|
|
|
1195 }
|
|
|
1196 #endif
|
|
|
1197 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
16
|
1198 *p2++ = cc;
|
|
7
|
1199 *p2++ = *p;
|
|
|
1200 }
|
|
|
1201 *p2 = NUL;
|
|
|
1202 }
|
|
|
1203 return escaped_string;
|
|
|
1204 }
|
|
|
1205
|
|
|
1206 /*
|
|
|
1207 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1208 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1209 */
|
|
|
1210 char_u *
|
|
|
1211 vim_strsave_up(string)
|
|
|
1212 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1213 {
|
|
|
1214 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1215
|
|
|
1216 p1 = vim_strsave(string);
|
|
|
1217 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1218 return p1;
|
|
|
1219 }
|
|
|
1220
|
|
|
1221 /*
|
|
|
1222 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1223 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1224 */
|
|
|
1225 char_u *
|
|
|
1226 vim_strnsave_up(string, len)
|
|
|
1227 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1228 int len;
|
|
|
1229 {
|
|
|
1230 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len);
|
|
|
1233 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1234 return p1;
|
|
|
1235 }
|
|
|
1236
|
|
|
1237 /*
|
|
|
1238 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1239 */
|
|
|
1240 void
|
|
|
1241 vim_strup(p)
|
|
|
1242 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1243 {
|
|
|
1244 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1245 int c;
|
|
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1248 {
|
|
|
1249 p2 = p;
|
|
|
1250 while ((c = *p2) != NUL)
|
|
|
1251 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
1252 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c;
|
|
|
1253 #else
|
|
|
1254 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20);
|
|
|
1255 #endif
|
|
|
1256 }
|
|
|
1257 }
|
|
|
1258
|
|
323
|
1259 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1260 /*
|
|
|
1261 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory.
|
|
|
1262 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible.
|
|
|
1263 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
1264 */
|
|
|
1265 char_u *
|
|
|
1266 strup_save(orig)
|
|
|
1267 char_u *orig;
|
|
|
1268 {
|
|
|
1269 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1270 char_u *res;
|
|
|
1271
|
|
|
1272 res = p = vim_strsave(orig);
|
|
|
1273
|
|
|
1274 if (res != NULL)
|
|
|
1275 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1276 {
|
|
|
1277 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1278 int l;
|
|
|
1279
|
|
|
1280 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
1281 {
|
|
|
1282 int c, uc;
|
|
|
1283 int nl;
|
|
|
1284 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1287 uc = utf_toupper(c);
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare,
|
|
|
1290 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */
|
|
474
|
1291 l = utf_ptr2len(p);
|
|
323
|
1292 nl = utf_char2len(uc);
|
|
|
1293 if (nl != l)
|
|
|
1294 {
|
|
|
1295 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + nl - l);
|
|
|
1296 if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
1297 break;
|
|
|
1298 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res);
|
|
|
1299 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + nl, p + l);
|
|
|
1300 p = s + (p - res);
|
|
|
1301 vim_free(res);
|
|
|
1302 res = s;
|
|
|
1303 }
|
|
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 utf_char2bytes(uc, p);
|
|
|
1306 p += nl;
|
|
|
1307 }
|
|
474
|
1308 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
323
|
1309 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */
|
|
|
1310 else
|
|
|
1311 # endif
|
|
|
1312 {
|
|
|
1313 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */
|
|
|
1314 p++;
|
|
|
1315 }
|
|
|
1316 }
|
|
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 return res;
|
|
|
1319 }
|
|
|
1320 #endif
|
|
|
1321
|
|
7
|
1322 /*
|
|
|
1323 * copy a space a number of times
|
|
|
1324 */
|
|
|
1325 void
|
|
|
1326 copy_spaces(ptr, count)
|
|
|
1327 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1328 size_t count;
|
|
|
1329 {
|
|
|
1330 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1331 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1332
|
|
|
1333 while (i--)
|
|
|
1334 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1335 }
|
|
|
1336
|
|
|
1337 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1338 /*
|
|
|
1339 * Copy a character a number of times.
|
|
|
1340 * Does not work for multi-byte charactes!
|
|
|
1341 */
|
|
|
1342 void
|
|
|
1343 copy_chars(ptr, count, c)
|
|
|
1344 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1345 size_t count;
|
|
|
1346 int c;
|
|
|
1347 {
|
|
|
1348 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1349 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1350
|
|
|
1351 while (i--)
|
|
|
1352 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1353 }
|
|
|
1354 #endif
|
|
|
1355
|
|
|
1356 /*
|
|
|
1357 * delete spaces at the end of a string
|
|
|
1358 */
|
|
|
1359 void
|
|
|
1360 del_trailing_spaces(ptr)
|
|
|
1361 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1362 {
|
|
|
1363 char_u *q;
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
1366 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
1367 *q = NUL;
|
|
|
1368 }
|
|
|
1369
|
|
|
1370 /*
|
|
323
|
1371 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL.
|
|
378
|
1372 * "to" must be "len + 1" long!
|
|
7
|
1373 */
|
|
|
1374 void
|
|
|
1375 vim_strncpy(to, from, len)
|
|
323
|
1376 char_u *to;
|
|
|
1377 char_u *from;
|
|
418
|
1378 size_t len;
|
|
7
|
1379 {
|
|
323
|
1380 STRNCPY(to, from, len);
|
|
|
1381 to[len] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
1382 }
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 /*
|
|
|
1385 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with
|
|
|
1386 * "sep_chars".
|
|
459
|
1387 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]".
|
|
7
|
1388 * "*option" is advanced to the next part.
|
|
|
1389 * The length is returned.
|
|
|
1390 */
|
|
|
1391 int
|
|
|
1392 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars)
|
|
|
1393 char_u **option;
|
|
|
1394 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1395 int maxlen;
|
|
|
1396 char *sep_chars;
|
|
|
1397 {
|
|
|
1398 int len = 0;
|
|
|
1399 char_u *p = *option;
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */
|
|
|
1402 if (*p == '.')
|
|
|
1403 buf[len++] = *p++;
|
|
|
1404 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL)
|
|
|
1405 {
|
|
|
1406 /*
|
|
|
1407 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space.
|
|
|
1408 */
|
|
|
1409 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
1410 ++p;
|
|
|
1411 if (len < maxlen - 1)
|
|
|
1412 buf[len++] = *p;
|
|
|
1413 ++p;
|
|
|
1414 }
|
|
|
1415 buf[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1416
|
|
|
1417 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */
|
|
|
1418 ++p;
|
|
|
1419 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */
|
|
|
1420
|
|
|
1421 *option = p;
|
|
|
1422 return len;
|
|
|
1423 }
|
|
|
1424
|
|
|
1425 /*
|
|
|
1426 * replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers
|
|
|
1427 */
|
|
|
1428 void
|
|
|
1429 vim_free(x)
|
|
|
1430 void *x;
|
|
|
1431 {
|
|
|
1432 if (x != NULL)
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
1435 mem_pre_free(&x);
|
|
|
1436 #endif
|
|
|
1437 free(x);
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439 }
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET
|
|
|
1442 void *
|
|
|
1443 vim_memset(ptr, c, size)
|
|
|
1444 void *ptr;
|
|
|
1445 int c;
|
|
|
1446 size_t size;
|
|
|
1447 {
|
|
|
1448 char *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1449
|
|
|
1450 while (size-- > 0)
|
|
|
1451 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1452 return ptr;
|
|
|
1453 }
|
|
|
1454 #endif
|
|
|
1455
|
|
|
1456 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP
|
|
|
1457 /*
|
|
|
1458 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes.
|
|
|
1459 * Return non-zero otherwise.
|
|
|
1460 */
|
|
|
1461 int
|
|
|
1462 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len)
|
|
|
1463 void *b1;
|
|
|
1464 void *b2;
|
|
|
1465 size_t len;
|
|
|
1466 {
|
|
|
1467 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2;
|
|
|
1468
|
|
|
1469 for ( ; len > 0; --len)
|
|
|
1470 {
|
|
|
1471 if (*p1 != *p2)
|
|
|
1472 return 1;
|
|
|
1473 ++p1;
|
|
|
1474 ++p2;
|
|
|
1475 }
|
|
|
1476 return 0;
|
|
|
1477 }
|
|
|
1478 #endif
|
|
|
1479
|
|
|
1480 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE
|
|
|
1481 /*
|
|
|
1482 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination.
|
|
|
1483 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV).
|
|
|
1484 */
|
|
|
1485 void
|
|
|
1486 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len)
|
|
|
1487 void *src_arg, *dst_arg;
|
|
|
1488 size_t len;
|
|
|
1489 {
|
|
|
1490 /*
|
|
|
1491 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers.
|
|
|
1492 */
|
|
|
1493 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg;
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 /* overlap, copy backwards */
|
|
|
1496 if (dst > src && dst < src + len)
|
|
|
1497 {
|
|
|
1498 src += len;
|
|
|
1499 dst += len;
|
|
|
1500 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1501 *--dst = *--src;
|
|
|
1502 }
|
|
|
1503 else /* copy forwards */
|
|
|
1504 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1505 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
1506 }
|
|
|
1507 #endif
|
|
|
1508
|
|
|
1509 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1510 /*
|
|
|
1511 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1512 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1513 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1514 */
|
|
|
1515 int
|
|
|
1516 vim_stricmp(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1517 char *s1;
|
|
|
1518 char *s2;
|
|
|
1519 {
|
|
|
1520 int i;
|
|
|
1521
|
|
|
1522 for (;;)
|
|
|
1523 {
|
|
|
1524 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1525 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1526 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1527 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1528 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1529 ++s1;
|
|
|
1530 ++s2;
|
|
|
1531 }
|
|
|
1532 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1533 }
|
|
|
1534 #endif
|
|
|
1535
|
|
|
1536 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1537 /*
|
|
|
1538 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1539 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1540 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1541 */
|
|
|
1542 int
|
|
|
1543 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len)
|
|
|
1544 char *s1;
|
|
|
1545 char *s2;
|
|
|
1546 size_t len;
|
|
|
1547 {
|
|
|
1548 int i;
|
|
|
1549
|
|
|
1550 while (len > 0)
|
|
|
1551 {
|
|
|
1552 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1553 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1554 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1555 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1556 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1557 ++s1;
|
|
|
1558 ++s2;
|
|
|
1559 --len;
|
|
|
1560 }
|
|
|
1561 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1562 }
|
|
|
1563 #endif
|
|
|
1564
|
|
|
1565 #if 0 /* currently not used */
|
|
|
1566 /*
|
|
|
1567 * Check if string "s2" appears somewhere in "s1" while ignoring case.
|
|
|
1568 * Return NULL if not, a pointer to the first occurrence if it does.
|
|
|
1569 */
|
|
|
1570 char_u *
|
|
|
1571 vim_stristr(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1572 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
1573 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
1574 {
|
|
|
1575 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1576 int len = STRLEN(s2);
|
|
|
1577 char_u *end = s1 + STRLEN(s1) - len;
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 for (p = s1; p <= end; ++p)
|
|
|
1580 if (STRNICMP(p, s2, len) == 0)
|
|
|
1581 return p;
|
|
|
1582 return NULL;
|
|
|
1583 }
|
|
|
1584 #endif
|
|
|
1585
|
|
|
1586 /*
|
|
|
1587 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings
|
|
170
|
1588 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1589 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
7
|
1590 */
|
|
|
1591 char_u *
|
|
|
1592 vim_strchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1593 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1594 int c;
|
|
|
1595 {
|
|
|
1596 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1597 int b;
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
1599 p = string;
|
|
|
1600 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1601 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80)
|
|
|
1602 {
|
|
|
1603 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1604 {
|
|
|
1605 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c)
|
|
|
1606 return p;
|
|
474
|
1607 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1608 }
|
|
|
1609 return NULL;
|
|
|
1610 }
|
|
|
1611 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255)
|
|
|
1612 {
|
|
|
1613 int n2 = c & 0xff;
|
|
|
1614
|
|
|
1615 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff;
|
|
|
1616 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1617 {
|
|
|
1618 if (b == c && p[1] == n2)
|
|
|
1619 return p;
|
|
474
|
1620 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1621 }
|
|
|
1622 return NULL;
|
|
|
1623 }
|
|
|
1624 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1625 {
|
|
|
1626 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1627 {
|
|
|
1628 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1629 return p;
|
|
474
|
1630 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1631 }
|
|
|
1632 return NULL;
|
|
|
1633 }
|
|
|
1634 #endif
|
|
|
1635 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1636 {
|
|
|
1637 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1638 return p;
|
|
|
1639 ++p;
|
|
|
1640 }
|
|
|
1641 return NULL;
|
|
|
1642 }
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 /*
|
|
170
|
1645 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char
|
|
|
1646 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1647 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
|
1648 */
|
|
|
1649 char_u *
|
|
|
1650 vim_strbyte(string, c)
|
|
|
1651 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1652 int c;
|
|
|
1653 {
|
|
|
1654 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1657 {
|
|
|
1658 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1659 return p;
|
|
|
1660 ++p;
|
|
|
1661 }
|
|
|
1662 return NULL;
|
|
|
1663 }
|
|
|
1664
|
|
|
1665 /*
|
|
7
|
1666 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string".
|
|
500
|
1667 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
170
|
1668 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"!
|
|
7
|
1669 */
|
|
|
1670 char_u *
|
|
|
1671 vim_strrchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1672 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1673 int c;
|
|
|
1674 {
|
|
|
1675 char_u *retval = NULL;
|
|
170
|
1676 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1677
|
|
|
1678 while (*p)
|
|
7
|
1679 {
|
|
170
|
1680 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1681 retval = p;
|
|
|
1682 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
7
|
1683 }
|
|
|
1684 return retval;
|
|
|
1685 }
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 /*
|
|
|
1688 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing.
|
|
|
1689 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used.
|
|
|
1690 */
|
|
|
1691 #ifndef PROTO
|
|
|
1692 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
|
|
|
1693 # ifdef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1694 # undef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1695 # endif
|
|
|
1696 char_u *
|
|
|
1697 vim_strpbrk(s, charset)
|
|
|
1698 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1699 char_u *charset;
|
|
|
1700 {
|
|
|
1701 while (*s)
|
|
|
1702 {
|
|
|
1703 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL)
|
|
|
1704 return s;
|
|
39
|
1705 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1706 }
|
|
|
1707 return NULL;
|
|
|
1708 }
|
|
|
1709 # endif
|
|
|
1710 #endif
|
|
|
1711
|
|
|
1712 /*
|
|
|
1713 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace()
|
|
|
1714 * can't handle characters above 128.
|
|
|
1715 */
|
|
|
1716 int
|
|
|
1717 vim_isspace(x)
|
|
|
1718 int x;
|
|
|
1719 {
|
|
|
1720 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' ');
|
|
|
1721 }
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 /************************************************************************
|
|
119
|
1724 * Functions for handling growing arrays.
|
|
7
|
1725 */
|
|
|
1726
|
|
|
1727 /*
|
|
|
1728 * Clear an allocated growing array.
|
|
|
1729 */
|
|
|
1730 void
|
|
|
1731 ga_clear(gap)
|
|
|
1732 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1733 {
|
|
|
1734 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1735 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1736 }
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 /*
|
|
|
1739 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings.
|
|
|
1740 */
|
|
|
1741 void
|
|
|
1742 ga_clear_strings(gap)
|
|
|
1743 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1744 {
|
|
|
1745 int i;
|
|
|
1746
|
|
|
1747 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1748 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]);
|
|
|
1749 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
1750 }
|
|
|
1751
|
|
|
1752 /*
|
|
|
1753 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and
|
|
|
1754 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2().
|
|
|
1755 */
|
|
|
1756 void
|
|
|
1757 ga_init(gap)
|
|
|
1758 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1759 {
|
|
|
1760 gap->ga_data = NULL;
|
|
41
|
1761 gap->ga_maxlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
1762 gap->ga_len = 0;
|
|
|
1763 }
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 void
|
|
|
1766 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize)
|
|
|
1767 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1768 int itemsize;
|
|
|
1769 int growsize;
|
|
|
1770 {
|
|
|
1771 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1772 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize;
|
|
|
1773 gap->ga_growsize = growsize;
|
|
|
1774 }
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 /*
|
|
|
1777 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items.
|
|
|
1778 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
1779 */
|
|
|
1780 int
|
|
|
1781 ga_grow(gap, n)
|
|
|
1782 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1783 int n;
|
|
|
1784 {
|
|
|
1785 size_t len;
|
|
|
1786 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
1787
|
|
41
|
1788 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n)
|
|
7
|
1789 {
|
|
|
1790 if (n < gap->ga_growsize)
|
|
|
1791 n = gap->ga_growsize;
|
|
|
1792 len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n);
|
|
|
1793 pp = alloc_clear((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
1794 if (pp == NULL)
|
|
|
1795 return FAIL;
|
|
41
|
1796 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n;
|
|
7
|
1797 if (gap->ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
1798 {
|
|
|
1799 mch_memmove(pp, gap->ga_data,
|
|
|
1800 (size_t)(gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_len));
|
|
|
1801 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1802 }
|
|
|
1803 gap->ga_data = pp;
|
|
|
1804 }
|
|
|
1805 return OK;
|
|
|
1806 }
|
|
|
1807
|
|
|
1808 /*
|
|
|
1809 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters.
|
|
|
1810 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end!
|
|
|
1811 */
|
|
|
1812 void
|
|
|
1813 ga_concat(gap, s)
|
|
|
1814 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1815 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1816 {
|
|
|
1817 int len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK)
|
|
|
1820 {
|
|
|
1821 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1822 gap->ga_len += len;
|
|
|
1823 }
|
|
|
1824 }
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 /*
|
|
|
1827 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes.
|
|
|
1828 */
|
|
|
1829 void
|
|
|
1830 ga_append(gap, c)
|
|
|
1831 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1832 int c;
|
|
|
1833 {
|
|
|
1834 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
1835 {
|
|
|
1836 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c;
|
|
|
1837 ++gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
1838 }
|
|
|
1839 }
|
|
|
1840
|
|
|
1841 /************************************************************************
|
|
|
1842 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with
|
|
|
1843 * special key codes.
|
|
|
1844 */
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 /*
|
|
|
1847 * Some useful tables.
|
|
|
1848 */
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 static struct modmasktable
|
|
|
1851 {
|
|
|
1852 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1853 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1854 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */
|
|
|
1855 } mod_mask_table[] =
|
|
|
1856 {
|
|
|
1857 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'},
|
|
179
|
1858 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'},
|
|
7
|
1859 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'},
|
|
|
1860 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'},
|
|
|
1861 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'},
|
|
|
1862 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'},
|
|
|
1863 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'},
|
|
|
1864 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
1865 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'},
|
|
|
1866 #endif
|
|
|
1867 /* 'A' must be the last one */
|
|
|
1868 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'},
|
|
|
1869 {0, 0, NUL}
|
|
|
1870 };
|
|
|
1871
|
|
|
1872 /*
|
|
|
1873 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent.
|
|
|
1874 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled seperately!
|
|
|
1875 */
|
|
|
1876 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5
|
|
|
1877
|
|
|
1878 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] =
|
|
|
1879 {
|
|
|
1880 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */
|
|
|
1881 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */
|
|
|
1882 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */
|
|
|
1883 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */
|
|
|
1884 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */
|
|
|
1885 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */
|
|
|
1886 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */
|
|
|
1887 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */
|
|
|
1888 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
1889 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
1890 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */
|
|
|
1891 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */
|
|
|
1892 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */
|
|
|
1893 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
1894 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
1895 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */
|
|
|
1896 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
1897 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
1898 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */
|
|
|
1899 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */
|
|
|
1900 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */
|
|
|
1901 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */
|
|
|
1902 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */
|
|
|
1903 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */
|
|
|
1904 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */
|
|
|
1905 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */
|
|
|
1906 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
1907 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
1908 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */
|
|
|
1909 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */
|
|
|
1910 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */
|
|
|
1911 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */
|
|
|
1912 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */
|
|
|
1913 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */
|
|
|
1914
|
|
|
1915 /* vt100 F1 */
|
|
|
1916 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1,
|
|
|
1917 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2,
|
|
|
1918 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3,
|
|
|
1919 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4,
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */
|
|
|
1922 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2',
|
|
|
1923 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3',
|
|
|
1924 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4',
|
|
|
1925 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5',
|
|
|
1926 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6',
|
|
|
1927 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7',
|
|
|
1928 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8',
|
|
|
1929 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9',
|
|
|
1930 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */
|
|
|
1931
|
|
|
1932 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1',
|
|
|
1933 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2',
|
|
|
1934 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3',
|
|
|
1935 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4',
|
|
|
1936 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5',
|
|
|
1937 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6',
|
|
|
1938 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7',
|
|
|
1939 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8',
|
|
|
1940 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9',
|
|
|
1941 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A',
|
|
|
1942
|
|
|
1943 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B',
|
|
|
1944 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C',
|
|
|
1945 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D',
|
|
|
1946 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E',
|
|
|
1947 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F',
|
|
|
1948 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G',
|
|
|
1949 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H',
|
|
|
1950 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I',
|
|
|
1951 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J',
|
|
|
1952 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K',
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L',
|
|
|
1955 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M',
|
|
|
1956 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N',
|
|
|
1957 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O',
|
|
|
1958 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P',
|
|
|
1959 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q',
|
|
|
1960 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R',
|
|
|
1961
|
|
|
1962 /* TAB pseudo code*/
|
|
|
1963 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB,
|
|
|
1964
|
|
|
1965 NUL
|
|
|
1966 };
|
|
|
1967
|
|
|
1968 static struct key_name_entry
|
|
|
1969 {
|
|
|
1970 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */
|
|
|
1971 char_u *name; /* Name of key */
|
|
|
1972 } key_names_table[] =
|
|
|
1973 {
|
|
|
1974 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"},
|
|
|
1975 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
1976 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
1977 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"},
|
|
|
1978 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1979 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1980 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1981 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"},
|
|
|
1982 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1983 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1984 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"},
|
|
|
1985 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1986 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"},
|
|
|
1987 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"},
|
|
|
1988 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"},
|
|
|
1989 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"},
|
|
|
1990 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"},
|
|
|
1991 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"},
|
|
|
1992 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1993 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"},
|
|
|
1994 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"},
|
|
|
1995 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"},
|
|
|
1996 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"},
|
|
|
1997 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"},
|
|
180
|
1998 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"},
|
|
|
1999 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"},
|
|
|
2000 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"},
|
|
|
2001 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"},
|
|
7
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"},
|
|
|
2004 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"},
|
|
|
2005 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"},
|
|
|
2006 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"},
|
|
|
2007 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"},
|
|
|
2008 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"},
|
|
|
2009 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"},
|
|
|
2010 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"},
|
|
|
2011 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"},
|
|
|
2012 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"},
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"},
|
|
|
2015 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"},
|
|
|
2016 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"},
|
|
|
2017 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"},
|
|
|
2018 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"},
|
|
|
2019 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"},
|
|
|
2020 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"},
|
|
|
2021 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"},
|
|
|
2022 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"},
|
|
|
2023 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"},
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"},
|
|
|
2026 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"},
|
|
|
2027 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"},
|
|
|
2028 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"},
|
|
|
2029 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"},
|
|
|
2030 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"},
|
|
|
2031 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"},
|
|
|
2032 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"},
|
|
|
2033 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"},
|
|
|
2034 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"},
|
|
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"},
|
|
|
2037 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"},
|
|
|
2038 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"},
|
|
|
2039 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"},
|
|
|
2040 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"},
|
|
|
2041 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"},
|
|
|
2042 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"},
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"},
|
|
|
2045 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"},
|
|
|
2046 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"},
|
|
|
2047 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"},
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"},
|
|
|
2050 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"},
|
|
|
2051 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"},
|
|
|
2052 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2053 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"},
|
|
|
2054 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"},
|
|
|
2055 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"},
|
|
|
2056 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"},
|
|
230
|
2057 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"},
|
|
7
|
2058 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"},
|
|
|
2059 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"},
|
|
|
2060 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"},
|
|
230
|
2061 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"},
|
|
7
|
2062 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"},
|
|
|
2063 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"},
|
|
|
2064 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"},
|
|
|
2065 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"},
|
|
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"},
|
|
|
2068 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"},
|
|
|
2069 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"},
|
|
|
2070 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"},
|
|
|
2071 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"},
|
|
|
2072 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"},
|
|
|
2073
|
|
|
2074 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"},
|
|
|
2075 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"},
|
|
|
2076 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"},
|
|
|
2077 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"},
|
|
|
2078 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"},
|
|
|
2079 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"},
|
|
|
2080 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"},
|
|
|
2081 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"},
|
|
|
2082 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"},
|
|
|
2083 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"},
|
|
|
2084
|
|
|
2085 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"},
|
|
|
2086
|
|
|
2087 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"},
|
|
|
2088 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"},
|
|
|
2089 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"},
|
|
|
2090 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"},
|
|
|
2091 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"},
|
|
|
2092 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"},
|
|
|
2093 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"},
|
|
|
2094 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"},
|
|
|
2095 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"},
|
|
|
2096 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"},
|
|
|
2097 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"},
|
|
|
2098 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"},
|
|
|
2099 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"},
|
|
|
2100 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"},
|
|
|
2101 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"},
|
|
|
2102 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"},
|
|
|
2103 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"},
|
|
|
2104 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"},
|
|
|
2105 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"},
|
|
|
2106 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"},
|
|
|
2107 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"},
|
|
|
2108 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"},
|
|
|
2109 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"},
|
|
|
2110 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"},
|
|
|
2111 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"},
|
|
|
2112 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"},
|
|
|
2113 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2114 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"},
|
|
|
2115 #endif
|
|
|
2116 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"},
|
|
|
2117 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
2118 };
|
|
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry))
|
|
|
2121
|
|
|
2122 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2123 static struct mousetable
|
|
|
2124 {
|
|
|
2125 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */
|
|
|
2126 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */
|
|
|
2127 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */
|
|
|
2128 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */
|
|
|
2129 } mouse_table[] =
|
|
|
2130 {
|
|
|
2131 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2132 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2133 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2134 #endif
|
|
|
2135 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2136 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2137 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2138 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2139 #endif
|
|
|
2140 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2141 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2142 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2143 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2144 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2145 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2146 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2147 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2148 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2149 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2150 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2151 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2152 /* DRAG without CLICK */
|
|
|
2153 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2154 /* RELEASE without CLICK */
|
|
|
2155 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2156 {0, 0, 0, 0},
|
|
|
2157 };
|
|
|
2158 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 /*
|
|
|
2161 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given
|
|
|
2162 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc).
|
|
|
2163 */
|
|
|
2164 int
|
|
|
2165 name_to_mod_mask(c)
|
|
|
2166 int c;
|
|
|
2167 {
|
|
|
2168 int i;
|
|
|
2169
|
|
|
2170 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
2171 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++)
|
|
|
2172 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name)
|
|
|
2173 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag;
|
|
|
2174 return 0;
|
|
|
2175 }
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 /*
|
|
|
2178 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the
|
|
|
2179 * modifiers specified.
|
|
|
2180 */
|
|
|
2181 int
|
|
|
2182 simplify_key(key, modifiers)
|
|
|
2183 int key;
|
|
|
2184 int *modifiers;
|
|
|
2185 {
|
|
|
2186 int i;
|
|
|
2187 int key0;
|
|
|
2188 int key1;
|
|
|
2189
|
|
|
2190 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
|
2191 {
|
|
|
2192 /* TAB is a special case */
|
|
|
2193 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
2194 {
|
|
|
2195 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2196 return K_S_TAB;
|
|
|
2197 }
|
|
|
2198 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2199 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2200 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2201 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3]
|
|
|
2202 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4]
|
|
|
2203 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i]))
|
|
|
2204 {
|
|
|
2205 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2206 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1],
|
|
|
2207 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]);
|
|
|
2208 }
|
|
|
2209 }
|
|
|
2210 return key;
|
|
|
2211 }
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 /*
|
|
180
|
2214 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc.
|
|
|
2215 */
|
|
|
2216 int
|
|
|
2217 handle_x_keys(key)
|
|
|
2218 int key;
|
|
|
2219 {
|
|
|
2220 switch (key)
|
|
|
2221 {
|
|
|
2222 case K_XUP: return K_UP;
|
|
|
2223 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN;
|
|
|
2224 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT;
|
|
|
2225 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT;
|
|
|
2226 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
230
|
2227 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
180
|
2228 case K_XEND: return K_END;
|
|
230
|
2229 case K_ZEND: return K_END;
|
|
180
|
2230 case K_XF1: return K_F1;
|
|
|
2231 case K_XF2: return K_F2;
|
|
|
2232 case K_XF3: return K_F3;
|
|
|
2233 case K_XF4: return K_F4;
|
|
|
2234 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1;
|
|
|
2235 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2;
|
|
|
2236 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3;
|
|
|
2237 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4;
|
|
|
2238 }
|
|
|
2239 return key;
|
|
|
2240 }
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 /*
|
|
7
|
2243 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given
|
|
|
2244 * modifiers are down.
|
|
|
2245 */
|
|
|
2246 char_u *
|
|
|
2247 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers)
|
|
|
2248 int c;
|
|
|
2249 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2250 {
|
|
|
2251 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1];
|
|
|
2252
|
|
|
2253 int i, idx;
|
|
|
2254 int table_idx;
|
|
|
2255 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2256
|
|
|
2257 string[0] = '<';
|
|
|
2258 idx = 1;
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */
|
|
|
2261 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY)
|
|
|
2262 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2263
|
|
|
2264 /*
|
|
|
2265 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier.
|
|
|
2266 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers.
|
|
|
2267 */
|
|
|
2268 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2269 {
|
|
|
2270 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2271 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1]
|
|
|
2272 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2])
|
|
|
2273 {
|
|
|
2274 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2275 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3],
|
|
|
2276 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]);
|
|
|
2277 break;
|
|
|
2278 }
|
|
|
2279 }
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 /* try to find the key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2282 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2283
|
|
|
2284 /*
|
|
|
2285 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to
|
|
|
2286 * extract modifiers.
|
|
|
2287 */
|
|
|
2288 if (c > 0
|
|
|
2289 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2290 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1
|
|
|
2291 #endif
|
|
|
2292 )
|
|
|
2293 {
|
|
|
2294 if (table_idx < 0
|
|
|
2295 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ')
|
|
|
2296 && (c & 0x80))
|
|
|
2297 {
|
|
|
2298 c &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
2299 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
2300 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2301 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2302 }
|
|
|
2303 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ')
|
|
|
2304 {
|
|
|
2305 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2306 c = CtrlChar(c);
|
|
|
2307 #else
|
|
|
2308 c += '@';
|
|
|
2309 #endif
|
|
|
2310 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2311 }
|
|
|
2312 }
|
|
|
2313
|
|
|
2314 /* translate the modifier into a string */
|
|
|
2315 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++)
|
|
|
2316 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask)
|
|
|
2317 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag)
|
|
|
2318 {
|
|
|
2319 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2320 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-';
|
|
|
2321 }
|
|
|
2322
|
|
|
2323 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */
|
|
|
2324 {
|
|
|
2325 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2326 {
|
|
|
2327 string[idx++] = 't';
|
|
|
2328 string[idx++] = '_';
|
|
|
2329 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c);
|
|
|
2330 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2331 }
|
|
|
2332 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */
|
|
|
2333 else
|
|
|
2334 {
|
|
|
2335 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2336 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
|
|
|
2337 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx);
|
|
|
2338 else
|
|
|
2339 #endif
|
|
|
2340 if (vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
2341 string[idx++] = c;
|
|
|
2342 else
|
|
|
2343 {
|
|
|
2344 s = transchar(c);
|
|
|
2345 while (*s)
|
|
|
2346 string[idx++] = *s++;
|
|
|
2347 }
|
|
|
2348 }
|
|
|
2349 }
|
|
|
2350 else /* use name of special key */
|
|
|
2351 {
|
|
|
2352 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name);
|
|
|
2353 idx = (int)STRLEN(string);
|
|
|
2354 }
|
|
|
2355 string[idx++] = '>';
|
|
|
2356 string[idx] = NUL;
|
|
|
2357 return string;
|
|
|
2358 }
|
|
|
2359
|
|
|
2360 /*
|
|
|
2361 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[].
|
|
|
2362 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match.
|
|
|
2363 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2364 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)!
|
|
|
2365 */
|
|
|
2366 int
|
|
|
2367 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode)
|
|
|
2368 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2369 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
2370 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2371 {
|
|
|
2372 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2373 int key;
|
|
|
2374 int dlen = 0;
|
|
|
2375
|
|
|
2376 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode);
|
|
|
2377 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2378 return 0;
|
|
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */
|
|
|
2381 if (modifiers != 0)
|
|
|
2382 {
|
|
|
2383 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2384 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2385 dst[dlen++] = modifiers;
|
|
|
2386 }
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 if (IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2389 {
|
|
|
2390 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2391 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2392 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2393 }
|
|
|
2394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2395 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode)
|
|
|
2396 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen);
|
|
|
2397 #endif
|
|
|
2398 else if (keycode)
|
|
|
2399 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst);
|
|
|
2400 else
|
|
|
2401 dst[dlen++] = key;
|
|
|
2402
|
|
|
2403 return dlen;
|
|
|
2404 }
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 /*
|
|
|
2407 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers.
|
|
|
2408 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2409 * returns 0 if there is no match.
|
|
|
2410 */
|
|
|
2411 int
|
|
|
2412 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode)
|
|
|
2413 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2414 int *modp;
|
|
|
2415 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2416 {
|
|
|
2417 char_u *last_dash;
|
|
|
2418 char_u *end_of_name;
|
|
|
2419 char_u *src;
|
|
|
2420 char_u *bp;
|
|
|
2421 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2422 int bit;
|
|
|
2423 int key;
|
|
|
2424 long_u n;
|
|
|
2425
|
|
|
2426 src = *srcp;
|
|
|
2427 if (src[0] != '<')
|
|
|
2428 return 0;
|
|
|
2429
|
|
|
2430 /* Find end of modifier list */
|
|
|
2431 last_dash = src;
|
|
|
2432 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++)
|
|
|
2433 {
|
|
|
2434 if (*bp == '-')
|
|
|
2435 {
|
|
|
2436 last_dash = bp;
|
|
|
2437 if (bp[1] != NUL && bp[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2438 ++bp; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */
|
|
|
2439 }
|
|
|
2440 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3])
|
|
|
2441 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */
|
|
|
2442 }
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */
|
|
|
2445 {
|
|
|
2446 end_of_name = bp + 1;
|
|
|
2447
|
|
|
2448 if (STRNICMP(src + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 && VIM_ISDIGIT(src[6]))
|
|
|
2449 {
|
|
|
2450 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */
|
|
|
2451 vim_str2nr(src + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n);
|
|
|
2452 *modp = 0;
|
|
|
2453 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2454 return (int)n;
|
|
|
2455 }
|
|
|
2456
|
|
|
2457 /* Which modifiers are given? */
|
|
|
2458 modifiers = 0x0;
|
|
|
2459 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++)
|
|
|
2460 {
|
|
|
2461 if (*bp != '-')
|
|
|
2462 {
|
|
|
2463 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp);
|
|
|
2464 if (bit == 0x0)
|
|
|
2465 break; /* Illegal modifier name */
|
|
|
2466 modifiers |= bit;
|
|
|
2467 }
|
|
|
2468 }
|
|
|
2469
|
|
|
2470 /*
|
|
|
2471 * Legal modifier name.
|
|
|
2472 */
|
|
|
2473 if (bp >= last_dash)
|
|
|
2474 {
|
|
|
2475 /*
|
|
|
2476 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name.
|
|
|
2477 */
|
|
|
2478 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2479 key = last_dash[1];
|
|
|
2480 else
|
|
180
|
2481 {
|
|
7
|
2482 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1);
|
|
180
|
2483 key = handle_x_keys(key);
|
|
|
2484 }
|
|
7
|
2485
|
|
|
2486 /*
|
|
|
2487 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid
|
|
|
2488 * special key name.
|
|
|
2489 */
|
|
|
2490 if (key != NUL)
|
|
|
2491 {
|
|
|
2492 /*
|
|
|
2493 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that
|
|
|
2494 * includes the modifier.
|
|
|
2495 */
|
|
|
2496 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 if (!keycode)
|
|
|
2499 {
|
|
|
2500 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */
|
|
|
2501 if (key == K_BS)
|
|
|
2502 key = BS;
|
|
|
2503 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL)
|
|
|
2504 key = DEL;
|
|
|
2505 }
|
|
|
2506
|
|
|
2507 /*
|
|
|
2508 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code.
|
|
|
2509 */
|
|
|
2510 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2511 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2512
|
|
|
2513 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2514 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2515 return key;
|
|
|
2516 }
|
|
|
2517 }
|
|
|
2518 }
|
|
|
2519 return 0;
|
|
|
2520 }
|
|
|
2521
|
|
|
2522 /*
|
|
|
2523 * Try to include modifiers in the key.
|
|
|
2524 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc.
|
|
|
2525 */
|
|
|
2526 int
|
|
|
2527 extract_modifiers(key, modp)
|
|
|
2528 int key;
|
|
|
2529 int *modp;
|
|
|
2530 {
|
|
|
2531 int modifiers = *modp;
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2534 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2535 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2536 #endif
|
|
|
2537 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2538 {
|
|
|
2539 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key);
|
|
|
2540 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2541 }
|
|
|
2542 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2543 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2544 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use:
|
|
|
2545 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?')
|
|
|
2546 * ??? */
|
|
|
2547 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key)
|
|
|
2548 != NULL
|
|
|
2549 #else
|
|
|
2550 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2551 #endif
|
|
|
2552 )
|
|
|
2553 {
|
|
|
2554 key = Ctrl_chr(key);
|
|
|
2555 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2556 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */
|
|
|
2557 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2558 key = K_ZERO;
|
|
|
2559 }
|
|
|
2560 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2561 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2562 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2563 #endif
|
|
|
2564 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80
|
|
|
2565 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2566 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */
|
|
|
2567 #endif
|
|
|
2568 )
|
|
|
2569 {
|
|
|
2570 key |= 0x80;
|
|
|
2571 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */
|
|
|
2572 }
|
|
|
2573
|
|
|
2574 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2575 return key;
|
|
|
2576 }
|
|
|
2577
|
|
|
2578 /*
|
|
|
2579 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table.
|
|
|
2580 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found.
|
|
|
2581 */
|
|
|
2582 int
|
|
|
2583 find_special_key_in_table(c)
|
|
|
2584 int c;
|
|
|
2585 {
|
|
|
2586 int i;
|
|
|
2587
|
|
|
2588 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2589 if (c == key_names_table[i].key)
|
|
|
2590 break;
|
|
|
2591 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
2592 i = -1;
|
|
|
2593 return i;
|
|
|
2594 }
|
|
|
2595
|
|
|
2596 /*
|
|
|
2597 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to
|
|
|
2598 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar).
|
|
|
2599 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a
|
|
|
2600 * termcap name.
|
|
|
2601 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found.
|
|
|
2602 */
|
|
|
2603 int
|
|
|
2604 get_special_key_code(name)
|
|
|
2605 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2606 {
|
|
|
2607 char_u *table_name;
|
|
|
2608 char_u string[3];
|
|
|
2609 int i, j;
|
|
|
2610
|
|
|
2611 /*
|
|
|
2612 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap
|
|
|
2613 */
|
|
|
2614 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL)
|
|
|
2615 {
|
|
|
2616 string[0] = name[2];
|
|
|
2617 string[1] = name[3];
|
|
|
2618 string[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
2619 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK)
|
|
|
2620 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]);
|
|
|
2621 }
|
|
|
2622 else
|
|
|
2623 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2624 {
|
|
|
2625 table_name = key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2626 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++)
|
|
|
2627 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j]))
|
|
|
2628 break;
|
|
|
2629 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL)
|
|
|
2630 return key_names_table[i].key;
|
|
|
2631 }
|
|
|
2632 return 0;
|
|
|
2633 }
|
|
|
2634
|
|
|
2635 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
2636 char_u *
|
|
|
2637 get_key_name(i)
|
|
|
2638 int i;
|
|
|
2639 {
|
|
|
2640 if (i >= KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN)
|
|
|
2641 return NULL;
|
|
|
2642 return key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2643 }
|
|
|
2644 #endif
|
|
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2647 /*
|
|
|
2648 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other
|
|
|
2649 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released.
|
|
|
2650 */
|
|
|
2651 int
|
|
|
2652 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2653 int code;
|
|
|
2654 int *is_click;
|
|
|
2655 int *is_drag;
|
|
|
2656 {
|
|
|
2657 int i;
|
|
|
2658
|
|
|
2659 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2660 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code)
|
|
|
2661 {
|
|
|
2662 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click;
|
|
|
2663 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag;
|
|
|
2664 return mouse_table[i].button;
|
|
|
2665 }
|
|
|
2666 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */
|
|
|
2667 }
|
|
|
2668
|
|
|
2669 /*
|
|
|
2670 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on
|
|
|
2671 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the
|
|
|
2672 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released.
|
|
|
2673 */
|
|
|
2674 int
|
|
|
2675 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2676 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */
|
|
|
2677 int is_click;
|
|
|
2678 int is_drag;
|
|
|
2679 {
|
|
|
2680 int i;
|
|
|
2681
|
|
|
2682 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2683 if (button == mouse_table[i].button
|
|
|
2684 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click
|
|
|
2685 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag)
|
|
|
2686 {
|
|
|
2687 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
263
|
2688 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1
|
|
|
2689 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in
|
|
|
2690 * gui_mouse_moved() */
|
|
|
2691 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF)
|
|
7
|
2692 {
|
|
263
|
2693 if (mouse_col < 0)
|
|
|
2694 mouse_col = 0;
|
|
|
2695 else
|
|
|
2696 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF;
|
|
7
|
2697 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
|
2698 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM;
|
|
|
2699 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE)
|
|
|
2700 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM;
|
|
|
2701 }
|
|
|
2702 #endif
|
|
|
2703 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code;
|
|
|
2704 }
|
|
|
2705 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recongnized, ignore it */
|
|
|
2706 }
|
|
|
2707 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2708
|
|
|
2709 /*
|
|
|
2710 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2711 */
|
|
|
2712 int
|
|
|
2713 get_fileformat(buf)
|
|
|
2714 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2715 {
|
|
|
2716 int c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2717
|
|
|
2718 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u')
|
|
|
2719 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2720 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2721 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2722 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2723 }
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 /*
|
|
|
2726 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val"
|
|
|
2727 * argument.
|
|
|
2728 */
|
|
|
2729 int
|
|
|
2730 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap)
|
|
|
2731 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2732 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */
|
|
|
2733 {
|
|
|
2734 int c;
|
|
|
2735
|
|
|
2736 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0)
|
|
|
2737 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff];
|
|
|
2738 else
|
|
|
2739 {
|
|
|
2740 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0)
|
|
|
2741 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin)
|
|
|
2742 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2743 c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2744 }
|
|
|
2745 if (c == 'u')
|
|
|
2746 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2747 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2748 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2749 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2750 }
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
2752 /*
|
|
|
2753 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2754 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'.
|
|
|
2755 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'!
|
|
|
2756 */
|
|
|
2757 void
|
|
|
2758 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags)
|
|
|
2759 int t;
|
|
|
2760 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */
|
|
|
2761 {
|
|
|
2762 char *p = NULL;
|
|
|
2763
|
|
|
2764 switch (t)
|
|
|
2765 {
|
|
|
2766 case EOL_DOS:
|
|
|
2767 p = FF_DOS;
|
|
|
2768 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE;
|
|
|
2769 break;
|
|
|
2770 case EOL_UNIX:
|
|
|
2771 p = FF_UNIX;
|
|
|
2772 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2773 break;
|
|
|
2774 case EOL_MAC:
|
|
|
2775 p = FF_MAC;
|
|
|
2776 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2777 break;
|
|
|
2778 }
|
|
|
2779 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
2780 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p,
|
|
|
2781 OPT_FREE | opt_flags);
|
|
|
2782 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2783 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
|
2784 #endif
|
|
|
2785 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2786 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2787 #endif
|
|
|
2788 }
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 /*
|
|
|
2791 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'.
|
|
|
2792 */
|
|
|
2793 int
|
|
|
2794 default_fileformat()
|
|
|
2795 {
|
|
|
2796 switch (*p_ffs)
|
|
|
2797 {
|
|
|
2798 case 'm': return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2799 case 'd': return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2800 }
|
|
|
2801 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2802 }
|
|
|
2803
|
|
|
2804 /*
|
|
|
2805 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added.
|
|
|
2806 */
|
|
|
2807 int
|
|
|
2808 call_shell(cmd, opt)
|
|
|
2809 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
2810 int opt;
|
|
|
2811 {
|
|
|
2812 char_u *ncmd;
|
|
|
2813 int retval;
|
|
170
|
2814 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2815 proftime_T wait_time;
|
|
|
2816 #endif
|
|
7
|
2817
|
|
|
2818 if (p_verbose > 3)
|
|
|
2819 {
|
|
293
|
2820 verbose_enter();
|
|
273
|
2821 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""),
|
|
7
|
2822 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd);
|
|
|
2823 out_char('\n');
|
|
|
2824 cursor_on();
|
|
293
|
2825 verbose_leave();
|
|
7
|
2826 }
|
|
|
2827
|
|
170
|
2828 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2829 if (do_profiling)
|
|
|
2830 prof_child_enter(&wait_time);
|
|
|
2831 #endif
|
|
|
2832
|
|
7
|
2833 if (*p_sh == NUL)
|
|
|
2834 {
|
|
|
2835 EMSG(_(e_shellempty));
|
|
|
2836 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2837 }
|
|
|
2838 else
|
|
|
2839 {
|
|
|
2840 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
|
|
|
2841 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */
|
|
|
2842 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
|
|
|
2843 #endif
|
|
|
2844 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2845 ++hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2846 #endif
|
|
|
2847 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */
|
|
|
2848 tag_freematch();
|
|
|
2849
|
|
|
2850 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL)
|
|
|
2851 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt);
|
|
|
2852 else
|
|
|
2853 {
|
|
|
2854 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(cmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1));
|
|
|
2855 if (ncmd != NULL)
|
|
|
2856 {
|
|
|
2857 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2858 STRCAT(ncmd, cmd);
|
|
|
2859 STRCAT(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2860 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt);
|
|
|
2861 vim_free(ncmd);
|
|
|
2862 }
|
|
|
2863 else
|
|
|
2864 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2865 }
|
|
|
2866 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2867 --hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2868 #endif
|
|
|
2869 /*
|
|
|
2870 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the
|
|
|
2871 * external command.
|
|
|
2872 */
|
|
|
2873 shell_resized_check();
|
|
|
2874 }
|
|
|
2875
|
|
|
2876 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2877 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval);
|
|
170
|
2878 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2879 if (do_profiling)
|
|
|
2880 prof_child_exit(&wait_time);
|
|
|
2881 # endif
|
|
7
|
2882 #endif
|
|
|
2883
|
|
|
2884 return retval;
|
|
|
2885 }
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 /*
|
|
|
2888 * VISUAL and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to NORMAL State
|
|
|
2889 * with a condition. This function returns the real State.
|
|
|
2890 */
|
|
|
2891 int
|
|
|
2892 get_real_state()
|
|
|
2893 {
|
|
|
2894 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
2895 {
|
|
|
2896 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
2897 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
|
2898 return VISUAL;
|
|
|
2899 else
|
|
|
2900 #endif
|
|
|
2901 if (finish_op)
|
|
|
2902 return OP_PENDING;
|
|
|
2903 }
|
|
|
2904 return State;
|
|
|
2905 }
|
|
|
2906
|
|
39
|
2907 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2908 /*
|
|
|
2909 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator.
|
|
|
2910 * Take care of multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
2911 * "b" must point to the start of the file name
|
|
|
2912 */
|
|
|
2913 int
|
|
|
2914 after_pathsep(b, p)
|
|
|
2915 char_u *b;
|
|
|
2916 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2917 {
|
|
|
2918 return vim_ispathsep(p[-1])
|
|
|
2919 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0);
|
|
|
2920 }
|
|
|
2921 #endif
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 /*
|
|
|
2924 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory.
|
|
|
2925 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path.
|
|
|
2926 */
|
|
|
2927 int
|
|
|
2928 same_directory(f1, f2)
|
|
|
2929 char_u *f1;
|
|
|
2930 char_u *f2;
|
|
|
2931 {
|
|
|
2932 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
2933 char_u *t1;
|
|
|
2934 char_u *t2;
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 /* safety check */
|
|
|
2937 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL)
|
|
|
2938 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2939
|
|
|
2940 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
2941 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname);
|
|
|
2942 t2 = gettail_sep(f2);
|
|
|
2943 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2
|
|
|
2944 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0);
|
|
|
2945 }
|
|
|
2946
|
|
7
|
2947 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \
|
|
11
|
2948 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)) \
|
|
|
2949 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \
|
|
7
|
2950 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \
|
|
|
2951 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2952 /*
|
|
|
2953 * Change to a file's directory.
|
|
|
2954 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()!
|
|
|
2955 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2956 */
|
|
|
2957 int
|
|
|
2958 vim_chdirfile(fname)
|
|
|
2959 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
39
|
2961 char_u dir[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
2962
|
|
418
|
2963 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
39
|
2964 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL;
|
|
|
2965 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2966 }
|
|
|
2967 #endif
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
2969 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2970 /*
|
|
|
2971 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory.
|
|
|
2972 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name.
|
|
|
2973 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory.
|
|
|
2974 */
|
|
|
2975 int
|
|
|
2976 illegal_slash(name)
|
|
|
2977 char *name;
|
|
|
2978 {
|
|
|
2979 if (name[0] == NUL)
|
|
|
2980 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */
|
|
|
2981 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/')
|
|
|
2982 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */
|
|
|
2983 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name))
|
|
|
2984 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */
|
|
|
2985 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2986 }
|
|
|
2987 #endif
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 /*
|
|
|
2992 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes.
|
|
|
2993 */
|
|
|
2994
|
|
|
2995 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] =
|
|
|
2996 {
|
|
|
2997 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
2998 * defaults when Vim starts.
|
|
|
2999 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */
|
|
|
3000 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3001 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3002 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3003 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3004 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3005 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3006 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3007 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3008 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3009 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3010 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3011 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3012 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3013 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3014 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3015 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3016 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR},
|
|
|
3017 };
|
|
|
3018
|
|
|
3019 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3020 /*
|
|
|
3021 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for
|
|
|
3022 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!.
|
|
|
3023 */
|
|
|
3024 static char * mshape_names[] =
|
|
|
3025 {
|
|
|
3026 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */
|
|
|
3027 "blank", /* hidden */
|
|
|
3028 "beam",
|
|
|
3029 "updown",
|
|
|
3030 "udsizing",
|
|
|
3031 "leftright",
|
|
|
3032 "lrsizing",
|
|
|
3033 "busy",
|
|
|
3034 "no",
|
|
|
3035 "crosshair",
|
|
|
3036 "hand1",
|
|
|
3037 "hand2",
|
|
|
3038 "pencil",
|
|
|
3039 "question",
|
|
|
3040 "rightup-arrow",
|
|
|
3041 "up-arrow",
|
|
|
3042 NULL
|
|
|
3043 };
|
|
|
3044 #endif
|
|
|
3045
|
|
|
3046 /*
|
|
|
3047 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
3048 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE).
|
|
|
3049 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
3050 */
|
|
|
3051 char_u *
|
|
|
3052 parse_shape_opt(what)
|
|
|
3053 int what;
|
|
|
3054 {
|
|
|
3055 char_u *modep;
|
|
|
3056 char_u *colonp;
|
|
|
3057 char_u *commap;
|
|
|
3058 char_u *slashp;
|
|
|
3059 char_u *p, *endp;
|
|
|
3060 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
3061 int all_idx;
|
|
|
3062 int len;
|
|
|
3063 int i;
|
|
|
3064 long n;
|
|
|
3065 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */
|
|
|
3066 int round;
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 /*
|
|
|
3069 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real.
|
|
|
3070 */
|
|
|
3071 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3072 {
|
|
|
3073 /*
|
|
|
3074 * Repeat for all comma separated parts.
|
|
|
3075 */
|
|
|
3076 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3077 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3078 modep = p_mouseshape;
|
|
|
3079 else
|
|
|
3080 #endif
|
|
|
3081 modep = p_guicursor;
|
|
|
3082 while (*modep != NUL)
|
|
|
3083 {
|
|
|
3084 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':');
|
|
|
3085 if (colonp == NULL)
|
|
|
3086 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon");
|
|
|
3087 if (colonp == modep)
|
|
|
3088 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
3089 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ',');
|
|
|
3090
|
|
|
3091 /*
|
|
|
3092 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon.
|
|
|
3093 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes.
|
|
|
3094 */
|
|
|
3095 all_idx = -1;
|
|
|
3096 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3097 {
|
|
|
3098 if (all_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3099 {
|
|
|
3100 /* Find the mode. */
|
|
|
3101 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3102 len = 1;
|
|
|
3103 else
|
|
|
3104 len = 2;
|
|
|
3105 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a')
|
|
|
3106 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1;
|
|
|
3107 else
|
|
|
3108 {
|
|
|
3109 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx)
|
|
|
3110 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len)
|
|
|
3111 == 0)
|
|
|
3112 break;
|
|
|
3113 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT
|
|
|
3114 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0)
|
|
|
3115 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
3116 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e')
|
|
|
3117 found_ve = TRUE;
|
|
|
3118 }
|
|
|
3119 modep += len + 1;
|
|
|
3120 }
|
|
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 if (all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3123 idx = all_idx--;
|
|
|
3124 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3125 {
|
|
|
3126 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3127 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
|
3129 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
3130 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0;
|
|
|
3131 }
|
|
|
3132 else
|
|
|
3133 #endif
|
|
|
3134 {
|
|
|
3135 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
3136 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3137 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L;
|
|
|
3138 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L;
|
|
|
3139 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L;
|
|
|
3140 }
|
|
|
3141 }
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 /* Parse the part after the colon */
|
|
|
3144 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; )
|
|
|
3145 {
|
|
|
3146 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3147 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3148 {
|
|
|
3149 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
3150 {
|
|
|
3151 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL)
|
|
|
3152 {
|
|
|
3153 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3154 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape");
|
|
|
3155 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3156 shape_table[idx].mshape =
|
|
|
3157 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED;
|
|
|
3158 else
|
|
|
3159 (void)getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3160 break;
|
|
|
3161 }
|
|
|
3162 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]);
|
|
|
3163 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
3164 {
|
|
|
3165 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3166 shape_table[idx].mshape = i;
|
|
|
3167 p += len;
|
|
|
3168 break;
|
|
|
3169 }
|
|
|
3170 }
|
|
|
3171 }
|
|
|
3172 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3173 #endif
|
|
|
3174 {
|
|
|
3175 /*
|
|
|
3176 * First handle the ones with a number argument.
|
|
|
3177 */
|
|
|
3178 i = *p;
|
|
|
3179 len = 0;
|
|
|
3180 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3181 len = 3;
|
|
|
3182 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3183 len = 3;
|
|
|
3184 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
3185 len = 9;
|
|
|
3186 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
3187 len = 7;
|
|
|
3188 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
3189 len = 8;
|
|
|
3190 if (len != 0)
|
|
|
3191 {
|
|
|
3192 p += len;
|
|
|
3193 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3194 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected");
|
|
|
3195 n = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3196 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */
|
|
|
3197 {
|
|
|
3198 if (n == 0)
|
|
|
3199 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage");
|
|
|
3200 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3201 {
|
|
|
3202 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v')
|
|
|
3203 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER;
|
|
|
3204 else
|
|
|
3205 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR;
|
|
|
3206 shape_table[idx].percentage = n;
|
|
|
3207 }
|
|
|
3208 }
|
|
|
3209 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3210 {
|
|
|
3211 if (len == 9)
|
|
|
3212 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n;
|
|
|
3213 else if (len == 7)
|
|
|
3214 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n;
|
|
|
3215 else
|
|
|
3216 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n;
|
|
|
3217 }
|
|
|
3218 }
|
|
|
3219 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
3220 {
|
|
|
3221 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3222 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3223 p += 5;
|
|
|
3224 }
|
|
|
3225 else /* must be a highlight group name then */
|
|
|
3226 {
|
|
|
3227 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-');
|
|
|
3228 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */
|
|
|
3229 {
|
|
|
3230 if (endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3231 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */
|
|
|
3232 }
|
|
|
3233 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3234 endp = commap;
|
|
|
3235 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/');
|
|
|
3236 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3237 {
|
|
|
3238 /* "group/langmap_group" */
|
|
|
3239 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p));
|
|
|
3240 p = slashp + 1;
|
|
|
3241 }
|
|
|
3242 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3243 {
|
|
|
3244 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p,
|
|
|
3245 (int)(endp - p));
|
|
|
3246 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id;
|
|
|
3247 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3248 shape_table[idx].id = i;
|
|
|
3249 }
|
|
|
3250 p = endp;
|
|
|
3251 }
|
|
|
3252 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3253
|
|
|
3254 if (*p == '-')
|
|
|
3255 ++p;
|
|
|
3256 }
|
|
|
3257 }
|
|
|
3258 modep = p;
|
|
|
3259 if (*modep == ',')
|
|
|
3260 ++modep;
|
|
|
3261 }
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */
|
|
|
3265 if (!found_ve)
|
|
|
3266 {
|
|
|
3267 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3268 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3269 {
|
|
|
3270 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape;
|
|
|
3271 }
|
|
|
3272 else
|
|
|
3273 #endif
|
|
|
3274 {
|
|
|
3275 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape;
|
|
|
3276 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage =
|
|
|
3277 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage;
|
|
|
3278 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait =
|
|
|
3279 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait;
|
|
|
3280 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon =
|
|
|
3281 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon;
|
|
|
3282 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff =
|
|
|
3283 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff;
|
|
|
3284 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id;
|
|
|
3285 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm;
|
|
|
3286 }
|
|
|
3287 }
|
|
|
3288
|
|
|
3289 return NULL;
|
|
|
3290 }
|
|
|
3291
|
|
500
|
3292 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \
|
|
|
3293 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3294 /*
|
|
|
3295 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode.
|
|
|
3296 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer.
|
|
|
3297 */
|
|
|
3298 int
|
|
|
3299 get_shape_idx(mouse)
|
|
|
3300 int mouse;
|
|
|
3301 {
|
|
|
3302 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3303 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE))
|
|
|
3304 {
|
|
|
3305 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
87
|
3306 int x, y;
|
|
|
3307 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y);
|
|
|
3308 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1)
|
|
7
|
3309 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL;
|
|
|
3310 # endif
|
|
|
3311 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE;
|
|
|
3312 }
|
|
|
3313 if (mouse && drag_status_line)
|
|
|
3314 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG;
|
|
|
3315 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
3316 if (mouse && drag_sep_line)
|
|
|
3317 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG;
|
|
|
3318 # endif
|
|
|
3319 #endif
|
|
|
3320 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH)
|
|
|
3321 return SHAPE_IDX_SM;
|
|
|
3322 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
3323 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3324 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3325 #endif
|
|
|
3326 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3327 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3328 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
3329 return SHAPE_IDX_I;
|
|
|
3330 if (State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 if (cmdline_at_end())
|
|
|
3333 return SHAPE_IDX_C;
|
|
|
3334 if (cmdline_overstrike())
|
|
|
3335 return SHAPE_IDX_CR;
|
|
|
3336 return SHAPE_IDX_CI;
|
|
|
3337 }
|
|
|
3338 if (finish_op)
|
|
|
3339 return SHAPE_IDX_O;
|
|
|
3340 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
3341 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
|
3342 {
|
|
|
3343 if (*p_sel == 'e')
|
|
|
3344 return SHAPE_IDX_VE;
|
|
|
3345 else
|
|
|
3346 return SHAPE_IDX_V;
|
|
|
3347 }
|
|
|
3348 #endif
|
|
|
3349 return SHAPE_IDX_N;
|
|
|
3350 }
|
|
500
|
3351 #endif
|
|
7
|
3352
|
|
|
3353 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3354 static int old_mouse_shape = 0;
|
|
|
3355
|
|
|
3356 /*
|
|
|
3357 * Set the mouse shape:
|
|
|
3358 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode,
|
|
|
3359 * depending on the current state.
|
|
|
3360 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used
|
|
|
3361 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line).
|
|
|
3362 */
|
|
|
3363 void
|
|
|
3364 update_mouseshape(shape_idx)
|
|
|
3365 int shape_idx;
|
|
|
3366 {
|
|
|
3367 int new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 /* Only works in GUI mode. */
|
|
227
|
3370 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting)
|
|
7
|
3371 return;
|
|
|
3372
|
|
|
3373 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of
|
|
|
3374 * mappings. */
|
|
|
3375 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail())
|
|
|
3376 {
|
|
|
3377 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE;
|
|
|
3378 return;
|
|
|
3379 }
|
|
|
3380
|
|
|
3381 if (shape_idx == -2
|
|
|
3382 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape
|
|
|
3383 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape
|
|
|
3384 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape)
|
|
|
3385 return;
|
|
|
3386 if (shape_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3387 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape;
|
|
|
3388 else
|
|
|
3389 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape;
|
|
|
3390 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape)
|
|
|
3391 {
|
|
|
3392 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape);
|
|
|
3393 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3394 }
|
|
|
3395 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE;
|
|
|
3396 }
|
|
|
3397 # endif
|
|
|
3398
|
|
|
3399 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */
|
|
|
3400
|
|
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
|
|
|
3403 /*
|
|
|
3404 * Optional encryption suypport.
|
|
|
3405 * Mohsin Ahmed, mosh@sasi.com, 98-09-24
|
|
|
3406 * Based on zip/crypt sources.
|
|
|
3407 *
|
|
|
3408 * NOTE FOR USA: Since 2000 exporting this code from the USA is allowed to
|
|
|
3409 * most countries. There are a few exceptions, but that still should not be a
|
|
|
3410 * problem since this code was originally created in Europe and India.
|
|
|
3411 */
|
|
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 /* from zip.h */
|
|
|
3414
|
|
|
3415 typedef unsigned short ush; /* unsigned 16-bit value */
|
|
|
3416 typedef unsigned long ulg; /* unsigned 32-bit value */
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
3418 static void make_crc_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3419
|
|
297
|
3420 static ulg crc_32_tab[256];
|
|
7
|
3421
|
|
|
3422 /*
|
|
|
3423 * Fill the CRC table.
|
|
|
3424 */
|
|
|
3425 static void
|
|
|
3426 make_crc_tab()
|
|
|
3427 {
|
|
|
3428 ulg s,t,v;
|
|
|
3429 static int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
3430
|
|
|
3431 if (done)
|
|
|
3432 return;
|
|
|
3433 for (t = 0; t < 256; t++)
|
|
|
3434 {
|
|
|
3435 v = t;
|
|
|
3436 for (s = 0; s < 8; s++)
|
|
|
3437 v = (v >> 1) ^ ((v & 1) * (ulg)0xedb88320L);
|
|
|
3438 crc_32_tab[t] = v;
|
|
|
3439 }
|
|
|
3440 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
3441 }
|
|
|
3442
|
|
|
3443 #define CRC32(c, b) (crc_32_tab[((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff] ^ ((c) >> 8))
|
|
|
3444
|
|
|
3445
|
|
|
3446 static ulg keys[3]; /* keys defining the pseudo-random sequence */
|
|
|
3447
|
|
|
3448 /*
|
|
|
3449 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence
|
|
|
3450 */
|
|
|
3451 int
|
|
|
3452 decrypt_byte()
|
|
|
3453 {
|
|
|
3454 ush temp;
|
|
|
3455
|
|
|
3456 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2;
|
|
|
3457 return (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff);
|
|
|
3458 }
|
|
|
3459
|
|
|
3460 /*
|
|
|
3461 * Update the encryption keys with the next byte of plain text
|
|
|
3462 */
|
|
|
3463 int
|
|
|
3464 update_keys(c)
|
|
|
3465 int c; /* byte of plain text */
|
|
|
3466 {
|
|
|
3467 keys[0] = CRC32(keys[0], c);
|
|
|
3468 keys[1] += keys[0] & 0xff;
|
|
|
3469 keys[1] = keys[1] * 134775813L + 1;
|
|
|
3470 keys[2] = CRC32(keys[2], (int)(keys[1] >> 24));
|
|
|
3471 return c;
|
|
|
3472 }
|
|
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 /*
|
|
|
3475 * Initialize the encryption keys and the random header according to
|
|
|
3476 * the given password.
|
|
|
3477 * If "passwd" is NULL or empty, don't do anything.
|
|
|
3478 */
|
|
|
3479 void
|
|
|
3480 crypt_init_keys(passwd)
|
|
|
3481 char_u *passwd; /* password string with which to modify keys */
|
|
|
3482 {
|
|
|
3483 if (passwd != NULL && *passwd != NUL)
|
|
|
3484 {
|
|
|
3485 make_crc_tab();
|
|
|
3486 keys[0] = 305419896L;
|
|
|
3487 keys[1] = 591751049L;
|
|
|
3488 keys[2] = 878082192L;
|
|
|
3489 while (*passwd != '\0')
|
|
|
3490 update_keys((int)*passwd++);
|
|
|
3491 }
|
|
|
3492 }
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 /*
|
|
|
3495 * Ask the user for a crypt key.
|
|
|
3496 * When "store" is TRUE, the new key in stored in the 'key' option, and the
|
|
|
3497 * 'key' option value is returned: Don't free it.
|
|
|
3498 * When "store" is FALSE, the typed key is returned in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3499 * Returns NULL on failure.
|
|
|
3500 */
|
|
|
3501 char_u *
|
|
|
3502 get_crypt_key(store, twice)
|
|
|
3503 int store;
|
|
|
3504 int twice; /* Ask for the key twice. */
|
|
|
3505 {
|
|
|
3506 char_u *p1, *p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3507 int round;
|
|
|
3508
|
|
|
3509 for (round = 0; ; ++round)
|
|
|
3510 {
|
|
|
3511 cmdline_star = TRUE;
|
|
|
3512 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3513 p1 = getcmdline_prompt(NUL, round == 0
|
|
|
3514 ? (char_u *)_("Enter encryption key: ")
|
|
531
|
3515 : (char_u *)_("Enter same key again: "), 0, EXPAND_NOTHING,
|
|
|
3516 NULL);
|
|
7
|
3517 cmdline_star = FALSE;
|
|
|
3518
|
|
|
3519 if (p1 == NULL)
|
|
|
3520 break;
|
|
|
3521
|
|
|
3522 if (round == twice)
|
|
|
3523 {
|
|
|
3524 if (p2 != NULL && STRCMP(p1, p2) != 0)
|
|
|
3525 {
|
|
|
3526 MSG(_("Keys don't match!"));
|
|
|
3527 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3528 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3529 p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3530 round = -1; /* do it again */
|
|
|
3531 continue;
|
|
|
3532 }
|
|
|
3533 if (store)
|
|
|
3534 {
|
|
|
3535 set_option_value((char_u *)"key", 0L, p1, OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
|
3536 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3537 p1 = curbuf->b_p_key;
|
|
|
3538 }
|
|
|
3539 break;
|
|
|
3540 }
|
|
|
3541 p2 = p1;
|
|
|
3542 }
|
|
|
3543
|
|
|
3544 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */
|
|
|
3545 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
3546 msg_didout = FALSE;
|
|
|
3547
|
|
|
3548 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3549 return p1;
|
|
|
3550 }
|
|
|
3551
|
|
|
3552 #endif /* FEAT_CRYPT */
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */
|
|
|
3555 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
3556 /*
|
|
|
3557 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options.
|
|
|
3558 * External visible functions:
|
|
|
3559 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context
|
|
|
3560 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search
|
|
|
3561 * context
|
|
|
3562 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context
|
|
|
3563 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by
|
|
|
3564 * vim_findfile_init()
|
|
|
3565 *
|
|
|
3566 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_'
|
|
|
3567 *
|
|
|
3568 * In general it works like this:
|
|
|
3569 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init().
|
|
|
3570 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to
|
|
|
3571 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile()
|
|
|
3572 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it
|
|
|
3573 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to
|
|
|
3574 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL.
|
|
|
3575 *
|
|
|
3576 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search
|
|
|
3577 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to
|
|
|
3578 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited
|
|
|
3579 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories
|
|
|
3580 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3581 *
|
|
|
3582 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context.
|
|
|
3583 *
|
|
|
3584 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the
|
|
|
3585 * needed parameters.
|
|
|
3586 *
|
|
|
3587 *
|
|
|
3588 *
|
|
|
3589 * ATTENTION:
|
|
|
3590 * ==========
|
|
|
3591 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions ARE NOT
|
|
|
3592 * thread-safe!!!!!
|
|
|
3593 *
|
|
|
3594 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the
|
|
|
3595 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is
|
|
|
3596 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local
|
|
|
3597 * functions.
|
|
|
3598 */
|
|
|
3599
|
|
|
3600 /*
|
|
|
3601 * type for the directory search stack
|
|
|
3602 */
|
|
|
3603 typedef struct ff_stack
|
|
|
3604 {
|
|
|
3605 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev;
|
|
|
3606
|
|
|
3607 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards
|
|
|
3608 * of the search path
|
|
|
3609 */
|
|
|
3610 char_u *ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
3611 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3612 char_u *ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
3613 #endif
|
|
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard
|
|
|
3616 * of wc_part
|
|
|
3617 */
|
|
|
3618 char_u **ffs_filearray;
|
|
|
3619 int ffs_filearray_size;
|
|
|
3620 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */
|
|
|
3621
|
|
|
3622 /* to store status of partly handled directories
|
|
|
3623 * 0: we work the on this directory for the first time
|
|
|
3624 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step
|
|
|
3625 */
|
|
|
3626 int ffs_stage;
|
|
|
3627
|
|
|
3628 /* How deep are we in the directory tree?
|
|
|
3629 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init
|
|
|
3630 */
|
|
|
3631 int ffs_level;
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */
|
|
|
3634 int ffs_star_star_empty;
|
|
|
3635 } ff_stack_T;
|
|
|
3636
|
|
|
3637 /*
|
|
|
3638 * type for already visited directories or files.
|
|
|
3639 */
|
|
|
3640 typedef struct ff_visited
|
|
|
3641 {
|
|
|
3642 struct ff_visited *ffv_next;
|
|
|
3643
|
|
|
3644 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3645 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are
|
|
|
3646 * different. So we have to save it.
|
|
|
3647 */
|
|
|
3648 char_u *ffv_wc_path;
|
|
|
3649 #endif
|
|
|
3650 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else
|
|
|
3651 * use filename.
|
|
|
3652 */
|
|
|
3653 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3654 int ffv_dev; /* device number (-1 if not set) */
|
|
|
3655 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */
|
|
|
3656 #endif
|
|
|
3657 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of
|
|
|
3658 * ffv_fname.
|
|
|
3659 */
|
|
|
3660 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */
|
|
|
3661 } ff_visited_T;
|
|
|
3662
|
|
|
3663 /*
|
|
|
3664 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search.
|
|
|
3665 * This is expecially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to:
|
|
|
3666 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *)
|
|
|
3667 * So we have to do 3 searches:
|
|
|
3668 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3669 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS"
|
|
|
3670 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3671 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for
|
|
|
3672 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the
|
|
|
3673 * second search we must start from a empty visited list.
|
|
|
3674 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already
|
|
|
3675 * visited lists.
|
|
|
3676 */
|
|
|
3677 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr
|
|
|
3678 {
|
|
|
3679 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next;
|
|
|
3680
|
|
|
3681 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */
|
|
|
3682 char_u *ffvl_filename;
|
|
|
3683
|
|
|
3684 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list;
|
|
|
3685
|
|
|
3686 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T;
|
|
|
3687
|
|
|
3688
|
|
|
3689 /*
|
|
|
3690 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels.
|
|
|
3691 * Set the default maximium depth.
|
|
|
3692 */
|
|
|
3693 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30)
|
|
|
3694 /*
|
|
|
3695 * The search context:
|
|
|
3696 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search
|
|
|
3697 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list
|
|
|
3698 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs
|
|
|
3699 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists
|
|
|
3700 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs
|
|
|
3701 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for
|
|
|
3702 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative
|
|
|
3703 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards)
|
|
|
3704 * Needed for upward search.
|
|
|
3705 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards
|
|
|
3706 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards
|
|
|
3707 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search
|
|
|
3708 * ffsc_need_dir: TRUE if we search for a directory
|
|
|
3709 */
|
|
|
3710 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T
|
|
|
3711 {
|
|
|
3712 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
3713 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list;
|
|
|
3714 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list;
|
|
|
3715 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3716 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3717 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search;
|
|
|
3718 char_u *ffsc_start_dir;
|
|
|
3719 char_u *ffsc_fix_path;
|
|
|
3720 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3721 char_u *ffsc_wc_path;
|
|
|
3722 int ffsc_level;
|
|
|
3723 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
3724 #endif
|
|
|
3725 int ffsc_need_dir;
|
|
359
|
3726 } ff_search_ctx_T;
|
|
|
3727
|
|
7
|
3728 static ff_search_ctx_T *ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 /* locally needed functions */
|
|
|
3731 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3732 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
3733 #else
|
|
|
3734 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *));
|
|
|
3735 #endif
|
|
|
3736 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3737 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl));
|
|
|
3738 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3739 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3740 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2));
|
|
|
3741 #endif
|
|
|
3742
|
|
|
3743 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3744 static ff_stack_T * ff_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3745 static void ff_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3746 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3747 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3748 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3749 #else
|
|
|
3750 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3751 #endif
|
|
|
3752 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3753 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **));
|
|
|
3754 #endif
|
|
|
3755
|
|
|
3756 #if 0
|
|
|
3757 /*
|
|
|
3758 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions
|
|
|
3759 * NOT TESTED!!
|
|
|
3760 */
|
|
|
3761
|
|
|
3762 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3763
|
|
|
3764 char_u *
|
|
|
3765 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level)
|
|
|
3766 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3767 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3768 int level;
|
|
|
3769 {
|
|
|
3770 ff_fn_search_context =
|
|
|
3771 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE,
|
|
|
3772 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname);
|
|
|
3773 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context)
|
|
|
3774 return NULL;
|
|
|
3775 else
|
|
|
3776 return vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3777 }
|
|
|
3778
|
|
|
3779 char_u *
|
|
|
3780 vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3781 {
|
|
|
3782 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3783
|
|
|
3784 if (NULL == ret)
|
|
|
3785 {
|
|
|
3786 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3787 ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3788 }
|
|
|
3789 return ret;
|
|
|
3790 }
|
|
|
3791 #endif
|
|
|
3792
|
|
|
3793 /*
|
|
|
3794 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile.
|
|
|
3795 *
|
|
|
3796 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occured.
|
|
|
3797 *
|
|
|
3798 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done
|
|
|
3799 * with the search context.
|
|
|
3800 *
|
|
|
3801 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'.
|
|
|
3802 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level'
|
|
|
3803 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is
|
|
|
3804 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100
|
|
|
3805 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels.
|
|
|
3806 *
|
|
|
3807 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is
|
|
|
3808 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the
|
|
|
3809 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the
|
|
|
3810 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$".
|
|
|
3811 *
|
|
|
3812 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's
|
|
|
3813 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir.
|
|
|
3814 * If the 'path' is absolut, the starting dir is that part of the path before
|
|
|
3815 * the first wildcard.
|
|
|
3816 *
|
|
|
3817 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir.
|
|
|
3818 *
|
|
|
3819 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is
|
|
|
3820 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another
|
|
|
3821 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is
|
|
|
3822 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places.
|
|
|
3823 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function
|
|
|
3824 * vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3825 *
|
|
|
3826 * Set the parameter 'need_dir' to TRUE if you want to search for a directory
|
|
|
3827 * instead of a file.
|
|
|
3828 *
|
|
|
3829 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be
|
|
|
3830 * passed in the parameter 'search_ctx'. This context is than reused and
|
|
|
3831 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already viseted
|
|
|
3832 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter
|
|
|
3833 * 'free_visited' is true. Be aware that the passed search_context is freed if
|
|
|
3834 * the reinitialization fails.
|
|
|
3835 *
|
|
|
3836 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call 'search_ctx' must be
|
|
|
3837 * NULL.
|
|
|
3838 *
|
|
|
3839 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have
|
|
|
3840 * limited functionality then.
|
|
|
3841 */
|
|
|
3842 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3843 void *
|
|
|
3844 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, need_dir,
|
|
|
3845 search_ctx, tagfile, rel_fname)
|
|
|
3846 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3847 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3848 char_u *stopdirs;
|
|
|
3849 int level;
|
|
|
3850 int free_visited;
|
|
|
3851 int need_dir;
|
|
|
3852 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
3853 int tagfile;
|
|
|
3854 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */
|
|
|
3855 {
|
|
|
3856 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3857 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
3858 #endif
|
|
|
3859 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a
|
|
|
3862 * new one.
|
|
|
3863 */
|
|
|
3864 if (search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
3865 ff_search_ctx = search_ctx;
|
|
|
3866 else
|
|
|
3867 {
|
|
|
3868 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc(
|
|
|
3869 (unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
3870 if (ff_search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
3871 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3872 memset(ff_search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
3873 }
|
|
|
3874
|
|
|
3875 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */
|
|
|
3876 ff_clear();
|
|
|
3877
|
|
|
3878 /* clear visited list if wanted */
|
|
|
3879 if (free_visited == TRUE)
|
|
|
3880 vim_findfile_free_visited(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
3881 else
|
|
|
3882 {
|
|
|
3883 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given
|
|
|
3884 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new
|
|
|
3885 * one.
|
|
|
3886 */
|
|
|
3887 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
3888 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
3889 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
3890 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3891 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
3892 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
3893 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
3894 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3895 }
|
|
|
3896
|
|
|
3897 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
3898 {
|
|
|
3899 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3900 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
3901 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3902 }
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative.
|
|
20
|
3905 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */
|
|
7
|
3906 if (path[0] == '.'
|
|
|
3907 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
3908 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL)
|
|
|
3909 && rel_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
3910 {
|
|
|
3911 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname);
|
|
|
3912
|
|
|
3913 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3914 {
|
|
|
3915 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */
|
|
418
|
3916 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len);
|
|
7
|
3917 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
3918 FALSE);
|
|
|
3919 }
|
|
|
3920 else
|
|
|
3921 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len);
|
|
|
3922 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
3923 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3924 if (*++path != NUL)
|
|
|
3925 ++path;
|
|
|
3926 }
|
|
|
3927 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path))
|
|
|
3928 {
|
|
|
3929 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3930 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */
|
|
|
3931 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3932 {
|
|
|
3933 char_u drive[3];
|
|
|
3934
|
|
|
3935 drive[0] = path[0];
|
|
|
3936 drive[1] = ':';
|
|
|
3937 drive[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
3938 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3939 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3940 path += 2;
|
|
|
3941 }
|
|
|
3942 else
|
|
|
3943 #endif
|
|
|
3944 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3945 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3946
|
|
|
3947 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
3948 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
3949 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3952 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the
|
|
|
3953 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */
|
|
|
3954 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\')
|
|
|
3955 && path[1] != path[0]
|
|
|
3956 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3957 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
3958 #endif
|
|
|
3959 }
|
|
|
3960
|
|
|
3961 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3962 /*
|
|
|
3963 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers.
|
|
|
3964 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a
|
|
|
3965 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently.
|
|
|
3966 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty,
|
|
|
3967 * ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This
|
|
|
3968 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function
|
|
|
3969 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details.
|
|
|
3970 */
|
|
|
3971 if (stopdirs != NULL)
|
|
|
3972 {
|
|
|
3973 char_u *walker = stopdirs;
|
|
|
3974 int dircount;
|
|
|
3975
|
|
|
3976 while (*walker == ';')
|
|
|
3977 walker++;
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 dircount = 1;
|
|
|
3980 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v =
|
|
|
3981 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
3984 {
|
|
|
3985 do
|
|
|
3986 {
|
|
|
3987 char_u *helper;
|
|
|
3988 void *ptr;
|
|
|
3989
|
|
|
3990 helper = walker;
|
|
|
3991 ptr = vim_realloc(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v,
|
|
|
3992 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3993 if (ptr)
|
|
|
3994 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr;
|
|
|
3995 else
|
|
|
3996 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */
|
|
|
3997 break;
|
|
|
3998 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';');
|
|
|
3999 if (walker)
|
|
|
4000 {
|
|
|
4001 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
4002 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper));
|
|
|
4003 walker++;
|
|
|
4004 }
|
|
|
4005 else
|
|
|
4006 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top
|
|
|
4007 * of directory tree.
|
|
|
4008 */
|
|
|
4009 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
4010 vim_strsave(helper);
|
|
|
4011
|
|
|
4012 dircount++;
|
|
|
4013
|
|
|
4014 } while (walker != NULL);
|
|
|
4015 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4016 }
|
|
|
4017 }
|
|
|
4018 #endif
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4021 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = level;
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 /* split into:
|
|
|
4024 * -fix path
|
|
|
4025 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL)
|
|
|
4026 */
|
|
|
4027 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*');
|
|
|
4028 if (wc_part != NULL)
|
|
|
4029 {
|
|
|
4030 int llevel;
|
|
|
4031 int len;
|
|
29
|
4032 char *errpt;
|
|
7
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 /* save the fix part of the path */
|
|
|
4035 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path,
|
|
|
4036 (int)(wc_part - path));
|
|
|
4037
|
|
|
4038 /*
|
|
|
4039 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard.
|
|
|
4040 * The octett after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter.
|
|
|
4041 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3)
|
|
|
4042 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76).
|
|
|
4043 * For EBCDIC you get different character values.
|
|
|
4044 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used.
|
|
|
4045 * Due to this technic the path looks awful if you print it as a
|
|
|
4046 * string.
|
|
|
4047 */
|
|
|
4048 len = 0;
|
|
|
4049 while (*wc_part != NUL)
|
|
|
4050 {
|
|
|
4051 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4052 {
|
|
|
4053 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4054 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4055
|
|
29
|
4056 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10);
|
|
|
4057 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255)
|
|
7
|
4058 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel;
|
|
29
|
4059 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0)
|
|
7
|
4060 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */
|
|
|
4061 len -= 2;
|
|
|
4062 else
|
|
|
4063 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND;
|
|
29
|
4064 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt;
|
|
461
|
4065 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part))
|
|
7
|
4066 {
|
|
|
4067 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4068 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4069 }
|
|
|
4070 }
|
|
|
4071 else
|
|
|
4072 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4073 }
|
|
|
4074 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL;
|
|
359
|
4075 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
7
|
4076
|
|
|
4077 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL)
|
|
|
4078 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4079 }
|
|
|
4080 else
|
|
|
4081 #endif
|
|
|
4082 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path);
|
|
|
4083
|
|
|
4084 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
4085 {
|
|
|
4086 /* store the fix part as startdir.
|
|
|
4087 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified.
|
|
|
4088 */
|
|
|
4089 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4090 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4091 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4092 }
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
4094 /* create an absolute path */
|
|
|
4095 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4096 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4097 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4098 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4099
|
|
|
4100 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
4101 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4102 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path,
|
|
|
4103 #endif
|
|
|
4104 level, 0);
|
|
|
4105
|
|
|
4106 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4107 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4108
|
|
|
4109 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4110
|
|
|
4111 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4112 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL)
|
|
|
4113 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4114
|
|
|
4115 return ff_search_ctx;
|
|
|
4116
|
|
|
4117 error_return:
|
|
|
4118 /*
|
|
|
4119 * We clear the search context now!
|
|
|
4120 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here,
|
|
|
4121 * as we might have already destroyed it.
|
|
|
4122 */
|
|
|
4123 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
4124 return NULL;
|
|
|
4125 }
|
|
|
4126
|
|
|
4127 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4128 /*
|
|
|
4129 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped.
|
|
|
4130 */
|
|
|
4131 char_u *
|
|
|
4132 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf)
|
|
|
4133 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4134 {
|
|
|
4135 char_u *r_ptr = buf;
|
|
|
4136
|
|
|
4137 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';')
|
|
|
4138 {
|
|
|
4139 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';')
|
|
|
4140 {
|
|
|
4141 /* overwrite the escape char,
|
|
|
4142 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'
|
|
|
4143 */
|
|
|
4144 mch_memmove(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1, STRLEN(r_ptr));
|
|
|
4145 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4146 }
|
|
|
4147 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4148 }
|
|
|
4149 if (*r_ptr == ';')
|
|
|
4150 {
|
|
|
4151 *r_ptr = 0;
|
|
|
4152 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4153 }
|
|
|
4154 else if (*r_ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
4155 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4156 return r_ptr;
|
|
|
4157 }
|
|
|
4158 #endif
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 /* Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer */
|
|
|
4161 void
|
|
|
4162 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx)
|
|
|
4163 void *ctx;
|
|
|
4164 {
|
|
359
|
4165 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4166 return;
|
|
|
4167
|
|
|
4168 ff_search_ctx = ctx;
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx);
|
|
|
4171 ff_clear();
|
|
|
4172 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
4173 ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
4174 }
|
|
|
4175
|
|
|
4176 /*
|
|
|
4177 * Find a file in a search context.
|
|
|
4178 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above.
|
|
|
4179 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found.
|
|
|
4180 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL.
|
|
|
4181 *
|
|
20
|
4182 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned.
|
|
7
|
4183 *
|
|
|
4184 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the
|
|
|
4185 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the
|
|
|
4186 * top of the list).
|
|
|
4187 */
|
|
|
4188 char_u *
|
|
|
4189 vim_findfile(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4190 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4191 {
|
|
|
4192 char_u *file_path;
|
|
|
4193 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4194 char_u *rest_of_wildcards;
|
|
|
4195 char_u *path_end = NULL;
|
|
|
4196 #endif
|
|
|
4197 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4198 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA)
|
|
|
4199 int len;
|
|
|
4200 #endif
|
|
|
4201 int i;
|
|
|
4202 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4203 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4204 char_u *suf;
|
|
|
4205 #endif
|
|
|
4206
|
|
|
4207 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4208 return NULL;
|
|
|
4209
|
|
|
4210 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 /*
|
|
|
4213 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to
|
|
|
4214 * return a found filename.
|
|
|
4215 */
|
|
|
4216 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
|
|
|
4217 return NULL;
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4220 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */
|
|
|
4221 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL)
|
|
|
4222 path_end = &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[STRLEN(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)];
|
|
|
4223 #endif
|
|
|
4224
|
|
|
4225 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4226 /* upward search loop */
|
|
|
4227 for (;;)
|
|
|
4228 {
|
|
|
4229 #endif
|
|
|
4230 /* downward search loop */
|
|
|
4231 for (;;)
|
|
|
4232 {
|
|
|
4233 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/
|
|
|
4234 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4235 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4236 break;
|
|
|
4237
|
|
|
4238 /* get directory to work on from stack */
|
|
|
4239 ctx = ff_pop();
|
|
|
4240 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4241 break;
|
|
|
4242
|
|
|
4243 /*
|
|
|
4244 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in
|
|
|
4245 *
|
|
|
4246 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice.
|
|
|
4247 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered.
|
|
|
4248 * - check for double files also done below
|
|
|
4249 *
|
|
|
4250 * Here we check if we already searched this directory.
|
|
|
4251 * We already searched a directory if:
|
|
|
4252 * 1) The directory is the same.
|
|
|
4253 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string.
|
|
|
4254 *
|
|
|
4255 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways
|
|
|
4256 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3:
|
|
|
4257 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop)
|
|
|
4258 *
|
|
|
4259 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the
|
|
|
4260 * first time (hence ctx->ff_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4261 */
|
|
|
4262 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL
|
|
|
4263 && ff_check_visited(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list
|
|
|
4264 ->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4265 ctx->ffs_fix_path
|
|
|
4266 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4267 , ctx->ffs_wc_path
|
|
|
4268 #endif
|
|
|
4269 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4270 {
|
|
|
4271 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4272 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4273 {
|
|
293
|
4274 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4275 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4276 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
4277 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4278 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4279 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4280 }
|
|
|
4281 #endif
|
|
|
4282 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4283 continue;
|
|
|
4284 }
|
|
|
4285 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4286 else if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4287 {
|
|
293
|
4288 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4289 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4290 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
7
|
4291 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4292 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4293 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4294 }
|
|
|
4295 #endif
|
|
|
4296
|
|
|
4297 /* check depth */
|
|
|
4298 if (ctx->ffs_level <= 0)
|
|
|
4299 {
|
|
|
4300 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4301 continue;
|
|
|
4302 }
|
|
|
4303
|
|
|
4304 file_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4305
|
|
|
4306 /*
|
|
|
4307 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards
|
|
|
4308 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths
|
|
|
4309 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this
|
|
|
4310 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string.
|
|
|
4311 */
|
|
|
4312 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4313 {
|
|
|
4314 char_u *dirptrs[2];
|
|
|
4315
|
|
|
4316 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should
|
|
|
4317 * expand.
|
|
|
4318 */
|
|
|
4319 dirptrs[0] = file_path;
|
|
|
4320 dirptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */
|
|
|
4323 if (!vim_isAbsName(ctx->ffs_fix_path)
|
|
|
4324 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4325 {
|
|
|
4326 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4327 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4328 }
|
|
|
4329
|
|
|
4330 /* append the fix part of the search path */
|
|
|
4331 STRCAT(file_path, ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
4332 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4333
|
|
|
4334 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4335 rest_of_wildcards = ctx->ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
4336 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL)
|
|
|
4337 {
|
|
|
4338 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4339 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4340 {
|
|
|
4341 /* pointer to the restrict byte
|
|
|
4342 * The restrict byte is not a character!
|
|
|
4343 */
|
|
|
4344 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2;
|
|
|
4345
|
|
|
4346 if (*p > 0)
|
|
|
4347 {
|
|
|
4348 (*p)--;
|
|
|
4349 file_path[len++] = '*';
|
|
|
4350 }
|
|
|
4351
|
|
|
4352 if (*p == 0)
|
|
|
4353 {
|
|
|
4354 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */
|
|
|
4355 mch_memmove(rest_of_wildcards,
|
|
|
4356 rest_of_wildcards + 3,
|
|
|
4357 STRLEN(rest_of_wildcards + 3) + 1);
|
|
|
4358 }
|
|
|
4359 else
|
|
|
4360 rest_of_wildcards += 3;
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 if (ctx->ffs_star_star_empty == 0)
|
|
|
4363 {
|
|
|
4364 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */
|
|
|
4365 ctx->ffs_star_star_empty = 1;
|
|
|
4366 dirptrs[1] = ctx->ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
4367 }
|
|
|
4368 }
|
|
|
4369
|
|
|
4370 /*
|
|
|
4371 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of
|
|
|
4372 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is
|
|
|
4373 * still somthing else left. This is handled below by
|
|
|
4374 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards()
|
|
|
4375 * on the stack again for further search.
|
|
|
4376 */
|
|
|
4377 while (*rest_of_wildcards
|
|
|
4378 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4379 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4380
|
|
|
4381 file_path[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
4382 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4383 rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4384 }
|
|
|
4385 #endif
|
|
|
4386
|
|
|
4387 /*
|
|
|
4388 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR".
|
|
|
4389 * If the path is a URL don't try this.
|
|
|
4390 */
|
|
|
4391 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0]))
|
|
|
4392 {
|
|
|
4393 ctx->ffs_filearray = (char_u **)
|
|
|
4394 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *));
|
|
|
4395 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL
|
|
|
4396 && (ctx->ffs_filearray[0]
|
|
|
4397 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL)
|
|
|
4398 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 1;
|
|
|
4399 else
|
|
|
4400 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
4401 }
|
|
|
4402 else
|
|
|
4403 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs,
|
|
|
4404 &ctx->ffs_filearray_size,
|
|
|
4405 &ctx->ffs_filearray,
|
|
|
4406 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT);
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4409 ctx->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
4410 }
|
|
|
4411 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4412 else
|
|
|
4413 rest_of_wildcards = &ctx->ffs_wc_path[STRLEN(ctx->ffs_wc_path)];
|
|
|
4414 #endif
|
|
|
4415
|
|
|
4416 if (ctx->ffs_stage == 0)
|
|
|
4417 {
|
|
|
4418 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */
|
|
|
4419 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4420 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL)
|
|
|
4421 #endif
|
|
|
4422 {
|
|
|
4423 /*
|
|
|
4424 * we don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to
|
|
|
4425 * check for the final file now
|
|
|
4426 */
|
|
|
4427 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4428 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
|
4429 {
|
|
|
4430 if (!path_with_url(ctx->ffs_filearray[i])
|
|
|
4431 && !mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4432 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existance
|
|
|
4435 * below */
|
|
|
4436 STRCPY(file_path, ctx->ffs_filearray[i]);
|
|
|
4437 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4438 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
4439
|
|
|
4440 /*
|
|
|
4441 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes
|
|
|
4442 * from 'suffixesadd'.
|
|
|
4443 */
|
|
|
4444 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4445 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4446 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua;
|
|
|
4447 for (;;)
|
|
|
4448 #endif
|
|
|
4449 {
|
|
|
4450 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */
|
|
|
4451 if ((path_with_url(file_path)
|
|
|
4452 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0
|
|
|
4453 && (!ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir
|
|
|
4454 || mch_isdir(file_path))))
|
|
|
4455 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4456 && (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4457 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4458 file_path
|
|
|
4459 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4460 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4461 #endif
|
|
|
4462 ) == OK)
|
|
|
4463 #endif
|
|
|
4464 )
|
|
|
4465 {
|
|
|
4466 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4467 if (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4468 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4469 file_path
|
|
|
4470 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4471 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4472 #endif
|
|
|
4473 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4474 {
|
|
|
4475 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4476 {
|
|
293
|
4477 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4478 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s",
|
|
7
|
4479 file_path);
|
|
|
4480 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4481 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4482 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4483 }
|
|
|
4484 continue;
|
|
|
4485 }
|
|
|
4486 #endif
|
|
|
4487
|
|
|
4488 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */
|
|
|
4489 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1;
|
|
|
4490 ff_push(ctx);
|
|
|
4491
|
|
|
4492 simplify_filename(file_path);
|
|
|
4493 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
4494 == OK)
|
|
|
4495 {
|
|
|
4496 p = shorten_fname(file_path,
|
|
|
4497 ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4498 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4499 mch_memmove(file_path, p,
|
|
|
4500 STRLEN(p) + 1);
|
|
|
4501 }
|
|
|
4502 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4503 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4504 {
|
|
293
|
4505 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4506 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path);
|
|
7
|
4507 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4508 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4509 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4510 }
|
|
|
4511 #endif
|
|
|
4512 return file_path;
|
|
|
4513 }
|
|
|
4514
|
|
|
4515 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4516 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */
|
|
|
4517 if (*suf == NUL)
|
|
|
4518 break;
|
|
|
4519 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len,
|
|
|
4520 MAXPATHL - len, ",");
|
|
|
4521 #endif
|
|
|
4522 }
|
|
|
4523 }
|
|
|
4524 }
|
|
|
4525 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4526 else
|
|
|
4527 {
|
|
|
4528 /*
|
|
|
4529 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further
|
|
|
4530 * search
|
|
|
4531 */
|
|
359
|
4532 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4533 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
7
|
4534 {
|
|
|
4535 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4536 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4539 rest_of_wildcards, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 0));
|
|
|
4540 }
|
|
|
4541 }
|
|
|
4542 #endif
|
|
|
4543 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4544 ctx->ffs_stage = 1;
|
|
|
4545 }
|
|
|
4546
|
|
|
4547 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4548 /*
|
|
|
4549 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the
|
|
|
4550 * leaves of the directory tree.
|
|
|
4551 */
|
|
|
4552 if (STRNCMP(ctx->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4553 {
|
|
359
|
4554 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4555 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
7
|
4556 {
|
|
|
4557 if (fnamecmp(ctx->ffs_filearray[i], ctx->ffs_fix_path) == 0)
|
|
|
4558 continue; /* don't repush same directory */
|
|
|
4559 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4560 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4561 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4562 ctx->ffs_wc_path, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 1));
|
|
|
4563 }
|
|
|
4564 }
|
|
|
4565 #endif
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 /* we are done with the current directory */
|
|
|
4568 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4569
|
|
|
4570 }
|
|
|
4571
|
|
|
4572 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4573 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards.
|
|
|
4574 * Let's check if we should do an upward search.
|
|
|
4575 */
|
|
|
4576 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
|
4577 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int)
|
|
|
4578 {
|
|
|
4579 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4580
|
|
|
4581 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */
|
|
|
4582 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir,
|
|
|
4583 (int)(path_end - ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir),
|
|
|
4584 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4585 break;
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 /* cut of last dir */
|
|
|
4588 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
461
|
4589 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end))
|
|
7
|
4590 path_end--;
|
|
|
4591 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
461
|
4592 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1]))
|
|
7
|
4593 path_end--;
|
|
|
4594 *path_end = 0;
|
|
|
4595 path_end--;
|
|
|
4596
|
|
|
4597 if (*ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0)
|
|
|
4598 break;
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4601 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4602 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4603
|
|
|
4604 /* create a new stack entry */
|
|
|
4605 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path,
|
|
|
4606 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0);
|
|
|
4607 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4608 break;
|
|
|
4609 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4610 }
|
|
|
4611 else
|
|
|
4612 break;
|
|
|
4613 }
|
|
|
4614 #endif
|
|
|
4615
|
|
|
4616 vim_free(file_path);
|
|
|
4617 return NULL;
|
|
|
4618 }
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 /*
|
|
|
4621 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories
|
|
|
4622 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL;
|
|
|
4623 */
|
|
|
4624 void
|
|
|
4625 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4626 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4627 {
|
|
|
4628 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4629 return;
|
|
|
4630
|
|
|
4631 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4634 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4635 }
|
|
|
4636
|
|
|
4637 static void
|
|
|
4638 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp)
|
|
|
4639 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4640 {
|
|
|
4641 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp;
|
|
|
4642
|
|
|
4643 while (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4644 {
|
|
|
4645 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4646 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list);
|
|
|
4647
|
|
|
4648 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename);
|
|
|
4649 vim_free(*list_headp);
|
|
|
4650 *list_headp = vp;
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652 *list_headp = NULL;
|
|
|
4653 }
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 static void
|
|
|
4656 ff_free_visited_list(vl)
|
|
|
4657 ff_visited_T *vl;
|
|
|
4658 {
|
|
|
4659 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4660
|
|
|
4661 while (vl != NULL)
|
|
|
4662 {
|
|
|
4663 vp = vl->ffv_next;
|
|
|
4664 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4665 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path);
|
|
|
4666 #endif
|
|
|
4667 vim_free(vl);
|
|
|
4668 vl = vp;
|
|
|
4669 }
|
|
|
4670 vl = NULL;
|
|
|
4671 }
|
|
|
4672
|
|
|
4673 /*
|
|
|
4674 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it
|
|
|
4675 * allocates a new one.
|
|
|
4676 */
|
|
|
4677 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T*
|
|
|
4678 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp)
|
|
|
4679 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
4680 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4681 {
|
|
|
4682 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4683
|
|
|
4684 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */
|
|
|
4685 if (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4686 {
|
|
|
4687 retptr = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4688 while (retptr != NULL)
|
|
|
4689 {
|
|
|
4690 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0)
|
|
|
4691 {
|
|
|
4692 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4693 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4694 {
|
|
293
|
4695 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4696 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s",
|
|
7
|
4697 filename);
|
|
|
4698 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4699 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4700 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4701 }
|
|
|
4702 #endif
|
|
|
4703 return retptr;
|
|
|
4704 }
|
|
|
4705 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4706 }
|
|
|
4707 }
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4710 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4711 {
|
|
293
|
4712 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4713 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename);
|
|
7
|
4714 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4715 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4716 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4717 }
|
|
|
4718 #endif
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 /*
|
|
|
4721 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list
|
|
|
4722 */
|
|
|
4723 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr));
|
|
|
4724 if (retptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4725 return NULL;
|
|
|
4726
|
|
|
4727 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4728 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4729 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL)
|
|
|
4730 {
|
|
|
4731 vim_free(retptr);
|
|
|
4732 return NULL;
|
|
|
4733 }
|
|
|
4734 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4735 *list_headp = retptr;
|
|
|
4736
|
|
|
4737 return retptr;
|
|
|
4738 }
|
|
|
4739
|
|
|
4740 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4741 /*
|
|
|
4742 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE.
|
|
|
4743 * They are equal if:
|
|
|
4744 * - both paths are NULL
|
|
|
4745 * - they have the same length
|
|
|
4746 * - char by char comparison is OK
|
|
|
4747 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so
|
|
|
4748 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24'
|
|
|
4749 */
|
|
|
4750 static int
|
|
|
4751 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2)
|
|
|
4752 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
4753 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
4754 {
|
|
|
4755 int i;
|
|
|
4756
|
|
|
4757 if (s1 == s2)
|
|
|
4758 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4761 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4762
|
|
|
4763 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2))
|
|
|
4764 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4765
|
|
|
4766 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i++)
|
|
|
4767 {
|
|
|
4768 if (s1[i] != s2[i]
|
|
|
4769 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
4770 && TOUPPER_LOC(s1[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(s2[i])
|
|
|
4771 #endif
|
|
|
4772 )
|
|
|
4773 {
|
|
|
4774 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4775 if (s1[i-1] == '*' && s1[i-2] == '*')
|
|
|
4776 continue;
|
|
|
4777 else
|
|
|
4778 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4779 else
|
|
|
4780 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4781 }
|
|
|
4782 }
|
|
|
4783 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4784 }
|
|
|
4785 #endif
|
|
|
4786
|
|
|
4787 /*
|
|
|
4788 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs
|
|
|
4789 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list
|
|
|
4790 * returns OK if it is newly added
|
|
|
4791 *
|
|
|
4792 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems?
|
|
|
4793 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of
|
|
|
4794 * never.
|
|
|
4795 */
|
|
|
4796 static int
|
|
|
4797 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname
|
|
|
4798 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4799 , wc_path
|
|
|
4800 #endif
|
|
|
4801 )
|
|
|
4802 ff_visited_T **visited_list;
|
|
|
4803 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4804 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4805 char_u *wc_path;
|
|
|
4806 #endif
|
|
|
4807 {
|
|
|
4808 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4809 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4810 struct stat st;
|
|
|
4811 int url = FALSE;
|
|
|
4812 #endif
|
|
|
4813
|
|
|
4814 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the
|
|
|
4815 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */
|
|
|
4816 if (path_with_url(fname))
|
|
|
4817 {
|
|
418
|
4818 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
7
|
4819 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4820 url = TRUE;
|
|
|
4821 #endif
|
|
|
4822 }
|
|
|
4823 else
|
|
|
4824 {
|
|
|
4825 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4826 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4827 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0)
|
|
|
4828 #else
|
|
|
4829 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4830 #endif
|
|
|
4831 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4832 }
|
|
|
4833
|
|
|
4834 /* check against list of already visited files */
|
|
|
4835 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next)
|
|
|
4836 {
|
|
|
4837 if (
|
|
|
4838 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4839 !url
|
|
|
4840 ? (vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev
|
|
|
4841 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino)
|
|
|
4842 :
|
|
|
4843 #endif
|
|
|
4844 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0
|
|
|
4845 )
|
|
|
4846 {
|
|
|
4847 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4848 /* are the wildcard parts equal */
|
|
|
4849 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4850 #endif
|
|
|
4851 /* already visited */
|
|
|
4852 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4853 }
|
|
|
4854 }
|
|
|
4855
|
|
|
4856 /*
|
|
|
4857 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs.
|
|
|
4858 */
|
|
|
4859 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T)
|
|
|
4860 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer)));
|
|
|
4861
|
|
|
4862 if (vp != NULL)
|
|
|
4863 {
|
|
|
4864 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4865 if (!url)
|
|
|
4866 {
|
|
|
4867 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino;
|
|
|
4868 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev;
|
|
|
4869 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4870 }
|
|
|
4871 else
|
|
|
4872 {
|
|
|
4873 vp->ffv_ino = 0;
|
|
|
4874 vp->ffv_dev = -1;
|
|
|
4875 #endif
|
|
|
4876 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4877 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4878 }
|
|
|
4879 #endif
|
|
|
4880 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4881 if (wc_path != NULL)
|
|
|
4882 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path);
|
|
|
4883 else
|
|
|
4884 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
4885 #endif
|
|
|
4886
|
|
|
4887 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list;
|
|
|
4888 *visited_list = vp;
|
|
|
4889 }
|
|
|
4890
|
|
|
4891 return OK;
|
|
|
4892 }
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 /*
|
|
|
4895 * create stack element from given path pieces
|
|
|
4896 */
|
|
|
4897 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
4898 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part,
|
|
|
4899 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4900 wc_part,
|
|
|
4901 #endif
|
|
|
4902 level, star_star_empty)
|
|
|
4903 char_u *fix_part;
|
|
|
4904 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4905 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
4906 #endif
|
|
|
4907 int level;
|
|
|
4908 int star_star_empty;
|
|
|
4909 {
|
|
|
4910 ff_stack_T *new;
|
|
|
4911
|
|
|
4912 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T));
|
|
|
4913 if (new == NULL)
|
|
|
4914 return NULL;
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 new->ffs_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
4917 new->ffs_filearray = NULL;
|
|
|
4918 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
4919 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4920 new->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
4921 new->ffs_level = level;
|
|
|
4922 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;;
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */
|
|
|
4925 if (fix_part == NULL)
|
|
|
4926 fix_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4927 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part);
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4930 if (wc_part == NULL)
|
|
|
4931 wc_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4932 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part);
|
|
|
4933 #endif
|
|
|
4934
|
|
|
4935 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL
|
|
|
4936 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4937 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL
|
|
|
4938 #endif
|
|
|
4939 )
|
|
|
4940 {
|
|
|
4941 ff_free_stack_element(new);
|
|
|
4942 new = NULL;
|
|
|
4943 }
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 return new;
|
|
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947
|
|
|
4948 /*
|
|
|
4949 * push a dir on the directory stack
|
|
|
4950 */
|
|
|
4951 static void
|
|
|
4952 ff_push(ctx)
|
|
|
4953 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4954 {
|
|
|
4955 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but
|
|
359
|
4956 * to prevent a crash */
|
|
7
|
4957 if (ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
4958 {
|
|
|
4959 ctx->ffs_prev = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
4960 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ctx;
|
|
|
4961 }
|
|
|
4962 }
|
|
|
4963
|
|
|
4964 /*
|
|
|
4965 * pop a dir from the directory stack
|
|
|
4966 * returns NULL if stack is empty
|
|
|
4967 */
|
|
|
4968 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
4969 ff_pop()
|
|
|
4970 {
|
|
|
4971 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4972
|
|
|
4973 sptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
4974 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
4975 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev;
|
|
|
4976
|
|
|
4977 return sptr;
|
|
|
4978 }
|
|
|
4979
|
|
|
4980 /*
|
|
|
4981 * free the given stack element
|
|
|
4982 */
|
|
|
4983 static void
|
|
|
4984 ff_free_stack_element(ctx)
|
|
|
4985 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4986 {
|
|
|
4987 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */
|
|
|
4988 vim_free(ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
4989 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4990 vim_free(ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
4991 #endif
|
|
|
4992
|
|
|
4993 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL)
|
|
|
4994 FreeWild(ctx->ffs_filearray_size, ctx->ffs_filearray);
|
|
|
4995
|
|
|
4996 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
4997 }
|
|
|
4998
|
|
|
4999 /*
|
|
|
5000 * clear the search context
|
|
|
5001 */
|
|
|
5002 static void
|
|
|
5003 ff_clear()
|
|
|
5004 {
|
|
|
5005 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
5006
|
|
|
5007 /* clear up stack */
|
|
|
5008 while ((sptr = ff_pop()) != NULL)
|
|
|
5009 ff_free_stack_element(sptr);
|
|
|
5010
|
|
|
5011 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
5012 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
5013 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
5014 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5015 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path);
|
|
|
5016 #endif
|
|
|
5017
|
|
|
5018 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5019 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
5020 {
|
|
|
5021 int i = 0;
|
|
|
5022
|
|
|
5023 while (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL)
|
|
|
5024 {
|
|
|
5025 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]);
|
|
|
5026 i++;
|
|
|
5027 }
|
|
|
5028 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v);
|
|
|
5029 }
|
|
|
5030 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL;
|
|
|
5031 #endif
|
|
|
5032
|
|
|
5033 /* reset everything */
|
|
|
5034 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL;
|
|
|
5035 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL;
|
|
|
5036 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5037 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5038 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5039 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0;
|
|
|
5040 #endif
|
|
|
5041 }
|
|
|
5042
|
|
|
5043 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5044 /*
|
|
|
5045 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs
|
|
|
5046 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE
|
|
|
5047 */
|
|
|
5048 static int
|
|
|
5049 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v)
|
|
|
5050 char_u *path;
|
|
|
5051 int path_len;
|
|
|
5052 char_u **stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
5053 {
|
|
|
5054 int i = 0;
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */
|
|
461
|
5057 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1]))
|
|
7
|
5058 path_len--;
|
|
|
5059
|
|
|
5060 /* if no path consider it as match */
|
|
|
5061 if (path_len == 0)
|
|
|
5062 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5063
|
|
|
5064 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
5065 {
|
|
|
5066 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len)
|
|
|
5067 {
|
|
|
5068 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches
|
|
|
5069 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else
|
|
|
5070 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks'
|
|
|
5071 */
|
|
|
5072 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0
|
|
461
|
5073 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len]))
|
|
7
|
5074 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5075 }
|
|
|
5076 else
|
|
|
5077 {
|
|
|
5078 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0)
|
|
|
5079 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5080 }
|
|
|
5081 }
|
|
|
5082 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084 #endif
|
|
|
5085
|
|
|
5086 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5087 /*
|
|
|
5088 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
5089 *
|
|
|
5090 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize
|
|
|
5091 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE.
|
|
|
5092 *
|
|
|
5093 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path.
|
|
|
5094 *
|
|
|
5095 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they
|
|
|
5096 * don't need valid values.
|
|
|
5097 *
|
|
|
5098 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the
|
|
|
5099 * message:
|
|
|
5100 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path'
|
|
|
5101 * On repeating calls:
|
|
|
5102 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path'
|
|
|
5103 *
|
|
|
5104 * options:
|
|
|
5105 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
5106 *
|
|
|
5107 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
5108 *
|
|
|
5109 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
5110 *
|
|
|
5111 */
|
|
|
5112 char_u *
|
|
|
5113 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5114 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5115 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5116 int options;
|
|
|
5117 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
5118 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
5119 {
|
|
|
5120 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first,
|
|
|
5121 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path,
|
|
|
5122 FALSE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5123 }
|
|
|
5124
|
|
359
|
5125 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL;
|
|
|
5126 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
5127
|
|
|
5128 #if defined(EXITFREE)
|
|
|
5129 static void
|
|
|
5130 free_findfile()
|
|
|
5131 {
|
|
|
5132 vim_free(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
|
5133 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
|
5134 }
|
|
|
5135 #endif
|
|
|
5136
|
|
7
|
5137 /*
|
|
|
5138 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
5139 *
|
|
|
5140 * options:
|
|
|
5141 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
5142 *
|
|
|
5143 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
5144 *
|
|
|
5145 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
5146 */
|
|
|
5147 char_u *
|
|
|
5148 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5149 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5150 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5151 int options;
|
|
|
5152 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
5153 {
|
|
|
5154 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath,
|
|
|
5155 TRUE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5156 }
|
|
|
5157
|
|
19
|
5158 char_u *
|
|
7
|
5159 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, need_dir, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5160 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5161 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5162 int options;
|
|
|
5163 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
5164 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */
|
|
|
5165 int need_dir; /* looking for directory name */
|
|
|
5166 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */
|
|
|
5167 {
|
|
|
5168 static char_u *dir;
|
|
|
5169 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5170 char_u save_char;
|
|
|
5171 char_u *file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5172 char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
|
5173 int rel_to_curdir;
|
|
|
5174 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5175 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L);
|
|
|
5176 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr;
|
|
|
5177
|
|
|
5178 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
5179 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L;
|
|
|
5180 #endif
|
|
|
5181
|
|
|
5182 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5183 {
|
|
|
5184 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */
|
|
|
5185 save_char = ptr[len];
|
|
|
5186 ptr[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
5187 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
5188 ptr[len] = save_char;
|
|
|
5189
|
|
359
|
5190 vim_free(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
|
5191 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5192 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
5193 {
|
|
|
5194 file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5195 goto theend;
|
|
|
5196 }
|
|
|
5197 }
|
|
|
5198
|
|
359
|
5199 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.'
|
|
|
5200 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL
|
|
|
5201 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1])
|
|
|
5202 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.'
|
|
|
5203 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL
|
|
|
5204 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2])))));
|
|
|
5205 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find)
|
|
7
|
5206 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */
|
|
|
5207 || rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5208 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
5209 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
359
|
5210 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0])
|
|
7
|
5211 /* handle "c:name" as absulute path */
|
|
359
|
5212 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':')
|
|
7
|
5213 #endif
|
|
|
5214 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5215 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
359
|
5216 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':'
|
|
7
|
5217 #endif
|
|
|
5218 )
|
|
|
5219 {
|
|
|
5220 /*
|
|
|
5221 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option".
|
|
|
5222 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a
|
|
|
5223 * filename on the first call.
|
|
|
5224 */
|
|
|
5225 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5226 {
|
|
|
5227 int l;
|
|
|
5228 int run;
|
|
|
5229
|
|
359
|
5230 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find))
|
|
7
|
5231 {
|
|
359
|
5232 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5233 goto theend;
|
|
|
5234 }
|
|
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file.
|
|
|
5237 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */
|
|
|
5238 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run)
|
|
|
5239 {
|
|
359
|
5240 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5241 if (run == 1
|
|
|
5242 && rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5243 && (options & FNAME_REL)
|
|
|
5244 && rel_fname != NULL
|
|
|
5245 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
5246 {
|
|
|
5247 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname);
|
|
359
|
5248 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5249 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5250 }
|
|
|
5251 else
|
|
|
5252 {
|
|
359
|
5253 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5254 run = 2;
|
|
|
5255 }
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of
|
|
|
5258 * 'suffixesadd'. */
|
|
|
5259 buf = curbuf->b_p_sua;
|
|
|
5260 for (;;)
|
|
|
5261 {
|
|
|
5262 if (
|
|
|
5263 #ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
5264 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(),
|
|
|
5265 * assume it's always valid. */
|
|
|
5266 (need_dir && NameBuff[0] != NUL
|
|
|
5267 && NameBuff[1] == ':'
|
|
|
5268 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) ||
|
|
|
5269 #endif
|
|
|
5270 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0
|
|
|
5271 && (!need_dir || mch_isdir(NameBuff))))
|
|
|
5272 {
|
|
|
5273 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5274 goto theend;
|
|
|
5275 }
|
|
|
5276 if (*buf == NUL)
|
|
|
5277 break;
|
|
|
5278 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ",");
|
|
|
5279 }
|
|
|
5280 }
|
|
|
5281 }
|
|
|
5282 }
|
|
|
5283 else
|
|
|
5284 {
|
|
|
5285 /*
|
|
|
5286 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option.
|
|
|
5287 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option.
|
|
|
5288 * Otherwise continue to find the next match.
|
|
|
5289 */
|
|
|
5290 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5291 {
|
|
|
5292 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */
|
|
359
|
5293 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
7
|
5294 dir = path_option;
|
|
|
5295 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5296 }
|
|
|
5297
|
|
|
5298 for (;;)
|
|
|
5299 {
|
|
|
5300 if (did_findfile_init)
|
|
|
5301 {
|
|
|
5302 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = need_dir;
|
|
359
|
5303 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
7
|
5304 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = FALSE;
|
|
|
5305 if (file_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5306 break;
|
|
|
5307
|
|
|
5308 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5309 }
|
|
|
5310 else
|
|
|
5311 {
|
|
|
5312 char_u *r_ptr;
|
|
|
5313
|
|
|
5314 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL)
|
|
|
5315 {
|
|
|
5316 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can
|
|
|
5317 * free the search context. */
|
|
359
|
5318 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
|
5319 fdip_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5320 break;
|
|
|
5321 }
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5324 break;
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 /* copy next path */
|
|
|
5327 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5328 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5331 /* get the stopdir string */
|
|
|
5332 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf);
|
|
|
5333 #else
|
|
|
5334 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
5335 #endif
|
|
359
|
5336 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find,
|
|
|
5337 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, TRUE,
|
|
|
5338 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5339 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
7
|
5340 did_findfile_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5341 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5342 }
|
|
|
5343 }
|
|
|
5344 }
|
|
|
5345 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS))
|
|
|
5346 {
|
|
|
5347 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5348 {
|
|
|
5349 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5350 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"),
|
|
359
|
5351 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5352 else
|
|
|
5353 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"),
|
|
359
|
5354 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5355 }
|
|
|
5356 else
|
|
|
5357 {
|
|
|
5358 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5359 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"),
|
|
359
|
5360 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5361 else
|
|
|
5362 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"),
|
|
359
|
5363 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5364 }
|
|
|
5365 }
|
|
|
5366
|
|
|
5367 theend:
|
|
|
5368 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5369 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr;
|
|
|
5370 #endif
|
|
|
5371 return file_name;
|
|
|
5372 }
|
|
|
5373
|
|
|
5374 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */
|
|
|
5375
|
|
|
5376 /*
|
|
|
5377 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search
|
|
|
5378 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir().
|
|
|
5379 */
|
|
|
5380 int
|
|
|
5381 vim_chdir(new_dir)
|
|
|
5382 char_u *new_dir;
|
|
|
5383 {
|
|
|
5384 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
5385 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir);
|
|
|
5386 #else
|
|
|
5387 char_u *dir_name;
|
|
|
5388 int r;
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir),
|
|
|
5391 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname);
|
|
|
5392 if (dir_name == NULL)
|
|
|
5393 return -1;
|
|
|
5394 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name);
|
|
|
5395 vim_free(dir_name);
|
|
|
5396 return r;
|
|
|
5397 #endif
|
|
|
5398 }
|
|
|
5399
|
|
|
5400 /*
|
|
418
|
5401 * Get user name from machine-specific function.
|
|
7
|
5402 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]".
|
|
418
|
5403 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus
|
|
|
5404 * cache the result.
|
|
7
|
5405 * Returns OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
5406 */
|
|
|
5407 int
|
|
|
5408 get_user_name(buf, len)
|
|
|
5409 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5410 int len;
|
|
|
5411 {
|
|
359
|
5412 if (username == NULL)
|
|
7
|
5413 {
|
|
|
5414 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5415 return FAIL;
|
|
359
|
5416 username = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
7
|
5417 }
|
|
|
5418 else
|
|
418
|
5419 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1);
|
|
7
|
5420 return OK;
|
|
|
5421 }
|
|
|
5422
|
|
|
5423 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT
|
|
|
5424 /*
|
|
|
5425 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it.
|
|
|
5426 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book.
|
|
|
5427 */
|
|
|
5428 void
|
|
|
5429 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp)
|
|
|
5430 void *base;
|
|
|
5431 size_t elm_count;
|
|
|
5432 size_t elm_size;
|
|
|
5433 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
|
|
|
5434 {
|
|
|
5435 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5436 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
5437 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
5438 int i, j;
|
|
|
5439 int gap;
|
|
|
5440
|
|
|
5441 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size);
|
|
|
5442 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
5443 return;
|
|
|
5444
|
|
|
5445 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2)
|
|
|
5446 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i)
|
|
|
5447 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap)
|
|
|
5448 {
|
|
|
5449 /* Compare the elements. */
|
|
|
5450 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size;
|
|
|
5451 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size;
|
|
|
5452 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0)
|
|
|
5453 break;
|
|
|
5454 /* Exchange the elemets. */
|
|
|
5455 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size);
|
|
|
5456 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size);
|
|
|
5457 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size);
|
|
|
5458 }
|
|
|
5459
|
|
|
5460 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5461 }
|
|
|
5462 #endif
|
|
|
5463
|
|
236
|
5464 #if defined(FEAT_EX_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) \
|
|
|
5465 || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
5466 /*
|
|
|
5467 * Sort an array of strings.
|
|
|
5468 */
|
|
|
5469 static int
|
|
|
5470 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5471 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5472 #endif
|
|
|
5473 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2));
|
|
|
5474
|
|
|
5475 static int
|
|
|
5476 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5477 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5478 #endif
|
|
|
5479 sort_compare(s1, s2)
|
|
|
5480 const void *s1;
|
|
|
5481 const void *s2;
|
|
|
5482 {
|
|
|
5483 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2);
|
|
|
5484 }
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 void
|
|
|
5487 sort_strings(files, count)
|
|
|
5488 char_u **files;
|
|
|
5489 int count;
|
|
|
5490 {
|
|
|
5491 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare);
|
|
|
5492 }
|
|
|
5493 #endif
|
|
|
5494
|
|
|
5495 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5496 /*
|
|
|
5497 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]".
|
|
39
|
5498 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]"
|
|
7
|
5499 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators.
|
|
|
5500 */
|
|
|
5501 int
|
|
39
|
5502 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen)
|
|
7
|
5503 const char *p, *q;
|
|
39
|
5504 int maxlen;
|
|
7
|
5505 {
|
|
|
5506 int i;
|
|
41
|
5507 const char *s = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5508
|
|
39
|
5509 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; ++i)
|
|
7
|
5510 {
|
|
|
5511 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5512 if (p[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5513 {
|
|
|
5514 if (q[i] == NUL) /* full match */
|
|
|
5515 return 0;
|
|
|
5516 s = q;
|
|
|
5517 break;
|
|
|
5518 }
|
|
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5521 if (q[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5522 {
|
|
|
5523 s = p;
|
|
|
5524 break;
|
|
|
5525 }
|
|
|
5526
|
|
|
5527 if (
|
|
|
5528 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
5529 TOUPPER_LOC(p[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(q[i])
|
|
|
5530 #else
|
|
|
5531 p[i] != q[i]
|
|
|
5532 #endif
|
|
|
5533 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
5534 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */
|
|
|
5535 && !((p[i] == '/' && q[i] == '\\')
|
|
|
5536 || (p[i] == '\\' && q[i] == '/'))
|
|
|
5537 #endif
|
|
|
5538 )
|
|
|
5539 {
|
|
|
5540 if (vim_ispathsep(p[i]))
|
|
|
5541 return -1;
|
|
|
5542 if (vim_ispathsep(q[i]))
|
|
|
5543 return 1;
|
|
|
5544 return ((char_u *)p)[i] - ((char_u *)q)[i]; /* no match */
|
|
|
5545 }
|
|
|
5546 }
|
|
41
|
5547 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */
|
|
|
5548 return 0;
|
|
7
|
5549
|
|
|
5550 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */
|
|
41
|
5551 if (s[i + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
5552 && i > 0
|
|
|
5553 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i)
|
|
7
|
5554 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
41
|
5555 && (s[i] == '/' || s[i] == '\\')
|
|
7
|
5556 #else
|
|
41
|
5557 && s[i] == '/'
|
|
7
|
5558 #endif
|
|
41
|
5559 )
|
|
7
|
5560 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */
|
|
|
5561 if (s == q)
|
|
|
5562 return -1; /* no match */
|
|
|
5563 return 1;
|
|
|
5564 }
|
|
|
5565 #endif
|
|
|
5566
|
|
|
5567 /*
|
|
|
5568 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program.
|
|
|
5569 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert.
|
|
|
5570 * See pty.c for the copyright notice.
|
|
|
5571 */
|
|
|
5572
|
|
|
5573 /*
|
|
|
5574 * putenv -- put value into environment
|
|
|
5575 *
|
|
|
5576 * Usage: i = putenv (string)
|
|
|
5577 * int i;
|
|
|
5578 * char *string;
|
|
|
5579 *
|
|
|
5580 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>.
|
|
|
5581 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc).
|
|
|
5582 *
|
|
|
5583 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to
|
|
|
5584 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular
|
|
|
5585 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire
|
|
|
5586 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack
|
|
|
5587 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first
|
|
|
5588 * time you call it.
|
|
|
5589 *
|
|
|
5590 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.)
|
|
|
5591 */
|
|
|
5592
|
|
|
5593 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV)
|
|
|
5594
|
|
|
5595 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */
|
|
|
5596
|
|
|
5597 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */
|
|
|
5598 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
5599 extern
|
|
|
5600 #endif
|
|
|
5601 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */
|
|
|
5602
|
|
|
5603 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */
|
|
|
5604 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */
|
|
|
5605 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 int
|
|
|
5608 putenv(string)
|
|
|
5609 const char *string;
|
|
|
5610 {
|
|
|
5611 int i;
|
|
|
5612 char *p;
|
|
|
5613
|
|
|
5614 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5615 { /* first time putenv called */
|
|
|
5616 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */
|
|
|
5617 return -1;
|
|
|
5618 }
|
|
|
5619
|
|
|
5620 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */
|
|
|
5621
|
|
|
5622 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5623 { /* name must be added */
|
|
|
5624 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++);
|
|
|
5625 if (i >= (envsize - 1))
|
|
|
5626 { /* need new slot */
|
|
|
5627 if (moreenv() < 0)
|
|
|
5628 return -1;
|
|
|
5629 }
|
|
|
5630 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1));
|
|
|
5631 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */
|
|
|
5632 return -1;
|
|
|
5633 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */
|
|
|
5634 }
|
|
|
5635 else
|
|
|
5636 { /* name already in env. */
|
|
|
5637 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1);
|
|
|
5638 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5639 return -1;
|
|
|
5640 }
|
|
|
5641 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */
|
|
|
5642 environ[i] = p;
|
|
|
5643
|
|
|
5644 return 0;
|
|
|
5645 }
|
|
|
5646
|
|
|
5647 static int
|
|
|
5648 findenv(name)
|
|
|
5649 char *name;
|
|
|
5650 {
|
|
|
5651 char *namechar, *envchar;
|
|
|
5652 int i, found;
|
|
|
5653
|
|
|
5654 found = 0;
|
|
|
5655 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++)
|
|
|
5656 {
|
|
|
5657 envchar = environ[i];
|
|
|
5658 namechar = name;
|
|
|
5659 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar))
|
|
|
5660 {
|
|
|
5661 namechar++;
|
|
|
5662 envchar++;
|
|
|
5663 }
|
|
|
5664 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '=');
|
|
|
5665 }
|
|
|
5666 return found ? i - 1 : -1;
|
|
|
5667 }
|
|
|
5668
|
|
|
5669 static int
|
|
|
5670 newenv()
|
|
|
5671 {
|
|
|
5672 char **env, *elem;
|
|
|
5673 int i, esize;
|
|
|
5674
|
|
|
5675 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
5676 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */
|
|
|
5677 i = 0;
|
|
|
5678 #else
|
|
|
5679 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5680 ;
|
|
|
5681 #endif
|
|
|
5682 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1;
|
|
|
5683 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem)));
|
|
|
5684 if (env == NULL)
|
|
|
5685 return -1;
|
|
|
5686
|
|
|
5687 #ifndef MACOS
|
|
|
5688 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5689 {
|
|
|
5690 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1));
|
|
|
5691 if (elem == NULL)
|
|
|
5692 return -1;
|
|
|
5693 env[i] = elem;
|
|
|
5694 strcpy(elem, environ[i]);
|
|
|
5695 }
|
|
|
5696 #endif
|
|
|
5697
|
|
|
5698 env[i] = 0;
|
|
|
5699 environ = env;
|
|
|
5700 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5701 return 0;
|
|
|
5702 }
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 static int
|
|
|
5705 moreenv()
|
|
|
5706 {
|
|
|
5707 int esize;
|
|
|
5708 char **env;
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE;
|
|
|
5711 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env));
|
|
|
5712 if (env == 0)
|
|
|
5713 return -1;
|
|
|
5714 environ = env;
|
|
|
5715 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5716 return 0;
|
|
|
5717 }
|
|
|
5718
|
|
|
5719 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV
|
|
|
5720 char_u *
|
|
|
5721 vimpty_getenv(string)
|
|
|
5722 const char_u *string;
|
|
|
5723 {
|
|
|
5724 int i;
|
|
|
5725 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5726
|
|
|
5727 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5728 return NULL;
|
|
|
5729
|
|
|
5730 i = findenv((char *)string);
|
|
|
5731
|
|
|
5732 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5733 return NULL;
|
|
|
5734
|
|
|
5735 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '=');
|
|
|
5736 return (p + 1);
|
|
|
5737 }
|
|
|
5738 # endif
|
|
|
5739
|
|
|
5740 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */
|
|
313
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5743 /*
|
|
|
5744 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have
|
|
|
5745 * rights to write into.
|
|
|
5746 */
|
|
|
5747 int
|
|
|
5748 filewritable(fname)
|
|
|
5749 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
5750 {
|
|
|
5751 int retval = 0;
|
|
|
5752 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5753 int perm = 0;
|
|
|
5754 #endif
|
|
|
5755
|
|
|
5756 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5757 perm = mch_getperm(fname);
|
|
|
5758 #endif
|
|
|
5759 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */
|
|
|
5760 if (
|
|
|
5761 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5762 mch_writable(fname) &&
|
|
|
5763 # else
|
|
|
5764 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5765 (perm & 0222) &&
|
|
|
5766 # endif
|
|
|
5767 # endif
|
|
|
5768 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0
|
|
|
5769 )
|
|
|
5770 #endif
|
|
|
5771 {
|
|
|
5772 ++retval;
|
|
|
5773 if (mch_isdir(fname))
|
|
|
5774 ++retval;
|
|
|
5775 }
|
|
|
5776 return retval;
|
|
|
5777 }
|
|
|
5778 #endif
|
|
332
|
5779
|
|
|
5780 /*
|
|
|
5781 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments.
|
|
|
5782 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes.
|
|
|
5783 */
|
|
|
5784 int
|
|
|
5785 emsg3(s, a1, a2)
|
|
|
5786 char_u *s, *a1, *a2;
|
|
|
5787 {
|
|
|
5788 if ((emsg_off > 0 && vim_strchr(p_debug, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
|
5789 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5790 || emsg_skip > 0
|
|
|
5791 #endif
|
|
|
5792 )
|
|
|
5793 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */
|
|
|
5794 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long)a1, (long)a2);
|
|
|
5795 return emsg(IObuff);
|
|
|
5796 }
|
|
|
5797
|
|
|
5798 /*
|
|
|
5799 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument.
|
|
|
5800 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes.
|
|
|
5801 */
|
|
|
5802 int
|
|
|
5803 emsgn(s, n)
|
|
|
5804 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5805 long n;
|
|
|
5806 {
|
|
|
5807 if ((emsg_off > 0 && vim_strchr(p_debug, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
|
5808 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5809 || emsg_skip > 0
|
|
|
5810 #endif
|
|
|
5811 )
|
|
|
5812 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */
|
|
|
5813 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n);
|
|
|
5814 return emsg(IObuff);
|
|
|
5815 }
|
|
|
5816
|
